AccessibilityDesignHandbookcover_15405_f.pdf 1 9/11/15 10:58 AM
2015 Facility Accessibility Design Standards
CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
December, 2015
Re: City of Mississauga 2015 Facility Accessibility Design Standards
The City of Mississauga is pleased to present the 2015 Facility Accessibility Design Standards (formerly the Mississauga Accessibility Design Handbook). This updated document outlines City-wide standards that build a universally-designed and accessible community for residents, visitors and employees.
What’s new
• changes to the Ontario Building Code 2012 (including 2015 accessibility updates); • the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act’s (AODA) Accessibility Standards for the Design of Public Spaces (O. Reg. 413/12); • larger dimensional requirements of wheelchairs and scooters; • requirements related to sensory disability (i.e. vision and hearing loss); and
• additional sections: therapeutic pools, spray pads, wayfinding and information systems.
These standards are applied to all new and/or renovated City owned, leased or operated facilities. In addition to our municipal facilities, we encourage their use throughout the community.
We would like to thank and recognize contributions of:
• The City of London for its generous permission to use the City of London 2015 Facility Accessibility Design Standards (FADS 2015) as the basis for this standard. • The City of Mississauga’s Accessibility Advisory Committee, Accessibility Coordinator and the Accessible Built Environment Staff Committee. • Mr. Bob Topping and other staff of DesignABLE Environments Inc. (www.designable.net) who have been instrumental in creating this DESIGNABLE resource. ENVIRONMENTS
These standards are a key component of the City’s vision for acessibility to make Mississauga a great place to live, work, travel and play for everyone. They reflect our corporate values of Trust, Quality and Excellence and ensure Mississauga is a place where everyone belongs.
Janice M. Baker, FCPA, FCA City Manager and Chief Administrative Officer
i 1.0 INTRODUCTION CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
This page intentionally left blank.
ii CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 Introduction...... 1 4.3.16 Public Use Eating Areas...... 74 4.3.17 Streetscapes...... 75 2.0 Glossary and Definitions...... 2 4.3.18 Kitchens and Kitchenettes...... 77 4.3.19 Service Animal Relief Areas...... 79 3.0 Scope and Application...... 7 4.4 Systems and Controls 4.0 Design Standards...... 9 4.4.1 Emergency Exits, Fire Evacuation and Areas 4.1 Access and Circulation of Rescue Assistance...... 81 4.1.1 Space and Reach Requirements...... 11 4.4.2 Controls and Operating 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces...... 13 Mechanisms...... 82 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead Objects... 14 4.4.3 Vending and Ticketing 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths Machines...... 83 and Corridors...... 15 4.4.4 Visual Alarms...... 84 4.1.5 Entrances...... 17 4.4.5 Public Telephones...... 85 4.1.6 Doors...... 18 4.4.6 Assistive Listening Systems...... 87 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and 4.4.7 Signage...... 88 Openings...... 22 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces...... 90 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens 4.4.9 Public Address Systems...... 91 and Sidelights...... 23 4.4.10 Information Systems...... 92 4.1.9 Ramps...... 24 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and 4.1.10 Curb Ramps...... 27 Security Systems...... 93 4.1.11 Stairs...... 30 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources...... 94 4.1.12 Handrails...... 32 4.4.13 Lighting...... 95 4.1.13 Escalators...... 33 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes...... 96 4.1.14 Elevators...... 34 4.4.15 Texture and Colour...... 97 4.1.15 Platform Lifts...... 37 4.4.16 Acoustics...... 98 4.4.17 Pedestrian Signals...... 99 4.2 Washroom Facilities 4.2.1 Toilet Facilities...... 38 4.5 Facility-Specific Requirements 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls...... 40 4.5.1 Arenas, Halls and Other 4.2.3 Toilets...... 42 Indoor Recreational Facilities...... 101 4.2.4 Lavatories...... 44 4.5.2 Outdoor Recreational Facilities...... 102 4.2.5 Urinals...... 46 4.5.3 Swimming Pools, Therapeutic 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories...... 47 Pools/Public Spas and 4.2.7 Universal Washrooms...... 48 Spray Pads...... 106 4.2.8 Bathtubs...... 51 4.5.4 Cafeterias...... 108 4.2.9 Showers...... 52 4.5.5 Churches, Chapels and Other 4.2.10 Grab Bars...... 54 Places of Worship...... 109 4.5.6 Libraries...... 110 4.3 Other Amenities 4.5.7 Business, Mercantile and Civic...... 112 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains...... 55 4.5.8 Police Stations...... 113 4.3.2 Viewing Positions...... 56 4.5.9 Municipal Courts...... 114 4.3.3 Elevated Platforms...... 58 4.5.10 Transportation Facilities...... 115 4.3.4 Change/Dressing Rooms...... 59 4.5.11 Fire Stations...... 116 4.3.5 Offices, Work Areas, and 4.5.12 Training and Teaching Spaces...... 117 Meeting Rooms...... 61 4.5.13 Laboratories...... 118 4.3.6 Waiting and Queuing Areas...... 62 4.5.14 Child Care/Minding...... 119 4.3.7 Tables, Counters and Work Surfaces...... 63 4.6 Maintenance and Operations... 121 4.3.8 Information, Reception and Service Counters...... 64 APPENDICES 4.3.9 Storage, Shelving and Display Units...... 65 A Universal Design Principles 4.3.10 Lockers and Baggage Storage...... 66 and Guidelines...... 123 4.3.11 Balconies, Porches, Terraces B Wayfinding...... 124 and Patios...... 67 C FADS Checklist...... 126 4.3.12 Parking...... 68 D Change Order Form...... 137 4.3.13 Passenger Loading Zones...... 71 E Slip Resistance of Materials...... 138 4.3.14 Landscaping Materials F Additional Resources...... 139 and Plantings...... 72 4.3.15 Benches...... 73
iii TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following tables identify the design elements that must be considered for EXTERIOR and INTERIOR projects.
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS For all aspects of projects, the following general characteristic elements (where provided) must be reviewed for compliance with the standard. 4.1 Access and Circulation 4.3 Other Amenities 4.5 Facility-Specific 4.1.1 Space and Reach 4.3.3 Elevated Platforms Requirements Requirements 4.3.11 Balconies, Porches, Terraces 4.5.3 Swimming Pools, 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces And Patios Therapeutic Pools/Public 4.1.3 Protruding & Overhead 4.3.15 Benches Spas and Spray Pads Objects 4.3.16 Public Use Eating Areas 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and Corridors 4.4 Systems and Controls 4.1.5 Entrances 4.4.7 Signage 4.1.6 Doors 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces 4.1.9 Ramps 4.4.13 Lighting 4.1.11 Stairs 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes 4.1.12 Handrails 4.4.15 Texture and Colour
SITE CHARACTERISTICS When designing the exterior and site, the following site characteristic elements (where provided) must be reviewed for compliance with the standard (in addition to the general characteristics listed above). 4.1 Access and Circulation 4.3 Other Amenities 4.4 Systems and Controls 4.1.10 Curb Ramps 4.3.12 Parking 4.4.17 Pedestrian Signals 4.3.13 Passenger Loading Zones 4.3.14 Landscaping Materials and 4.5 Facility-Specific Plantings Requirements 4.3.17 Streetscapes 4.5.2 Outdoor Recreational 4.3.19 Service Animal Relief Areas Facilities 4.5.10 Transportation Facilities
iv TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BUILDING CHARACTERISTICS When designing the interior the following building characteristic elements (where provided) must be reviewed for compliance with the standard (in addition to the general characteristics listed on the previous page).
4.1 Access and Circulation 4.3 Other Amenities 4.5 Facility-Specific 4.1.5 Entrances 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains Requirements 4.1.6 Doors 4.3.2 Viewing Positions 4.5.1 Arenas, Halls and Other 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and 4.3.4 Dressing Rooms Indoor Recreational Facilities Openings 4.3.5 Offices, Work Areas and 4.5.3 Swimming Pools, 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens Meeting Rooms Therapeutic Pools/Public and Sidelights 4.3.6 Waiting and Queuing Areas Spas and Spray Pads 4.1.13 Escalators 4.3.7 Tables, Counters and Work 4.5.4 Cafeterias 4.1.14 Elevators Surfaces 4.5.5 Churches, Chapels and 4.1.15 Platform Lifts 4.3.8 Information, Reception and Other Places of Worship Service Counters 4.5.6 Libraries 4.2 Washroom Facilities 4.3.9 Storage, Shelving and 4.5.7 Business, Mercantile and 4.2.1 Toilet Facilities Display Units Civic 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls 4.3.10 Lockers and Baggage 4.5.8 Police Stations 4.2.3 Toilets Storage 4.5.9 Municipal Courts 4.2.4 Lavatories 4.3.18 Kitchens and Kitchenettes 4.5.10 Transportation Facilities 4.2.5 Urinals 4.5.11 Fire Stations 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories 4.4 Systems and Controls 4.5.12 Training and Teaching 4.2.7 Individual Washrooms 4.4.1 Emergency Exits, Fire Spaces 4.2.8 Bathtubs Evacuation and Areas of 4.5.13 Laboratories 4.2.9 Showers Rescue Assistance 4.5.14 Child Care/Minding 4.2.10 Grab Bars 4.4.2 Controls and Operating Mechanisms 4.4.3 Vending and Ticketing Machines 4.4.4 Visual Alarms 4.4.5 Public Telephones 4.4.6 Assistive Listening Systems 4.4.9 Public Address Systems 4.4.10 Information Systems 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and Security Systems 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources 4.4.16 Acoustics
v TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
This page intentionally left blank. CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This standard addresses The universal design philosophy such as the Ontario Building Code accessibility requirements for the is structured around the seven (OBC), Accessibility for Ontarians design and construction of new DESIGN PRINCIPLES LISTED with Disabilities Act (AODA), and facilities, as well as the retrofit, BELOW. (Refer to Appendix A the CSA Standard B651 - Accessible alteration or addition to existing for further information on the Design for the Built Environment. facilities, owned, leased or operated universal design principles and their This standard recognizes the by the City of Mississauga. This guidelines.) concept of equivalent facilitation standard particularly addresses the as a means to encourage new This standard reflects minimum needs of persons with disabilities, and innovative design ideas dimensional criteria required including, but not limited to, and solutions. Departures from for adult persons. Prior to the persons using a mobility aid, particular technical and scoping design stage of a project, special hearing loss, vision loss/no vision, requirements of this standard consideration should be given to cognitive disability, persons who are by the use of other designs and the function of the facility and the technologies are encouraged deaf-blind and persons with limited patrons who will use it. A review when the alternatives will provide stamina and/or dexterity. and upgrade of this standard may substantially equivalent or greater be required in some instances, access to the usability of the This standard is intended to particularly if a facility is designed element and/or facility. Design encompass the intent of the Ontario primarily for the use of a particular departures from information Human Rights Code, in terms of type of user, such as children or provided and referenced in this respecting the dignity of persons older persons. standard should be carefully with disabilities. “The phrase assessed to determine the validity Where conflicts exist between ‘respects their dignity’ means to act of the application and may scoping and/or dimensional in a manner which recognizes the require review by the Accessibility requirements of this standard and privacy, confidentiality, comfort, Coordinator. autonomy and self-esteem of legislation enacted by the federal or provincial governments’, the persons with disabilities, which Dimensions used in this standard most accommodating requirements are in metric units. Nearest imperial maximizes their inclusion and shall apply (i.e. the requirement(s) equivalent dimensions are in which promotes full participation that will result in the most parentheses. in society.” (Ontario Human Rights accommodating environment but Commission) never less than the minimum For the purposes of this standard, requirements of the current Ontario words and terms in italics have their This standard incorporates the belief Building Code). meanings defined in Section 2.0. in universal design that recognizes The Facilities and Property the broad diversity of people who The City of Mississauga encourages Management Division of the use facilities. Universal design is all users of this standard to provide City of Mississauga shall review defined as: feedback, as well as to make and/or update this standard as “The design of products and proposals for changes, additions necessary, to reflect technological environments to be usable by all and/or deletions. A proposed advancement and new construction Change Order Form is included in people, to the greatest extent practices, as well as changes to the Appendix B of this standard. possible, without the need for barrier-free design requirements adaptation or specialized design.” of various codes and standards
1. EQUITABLE USE: The design is useful and marketable to people with diverse abilities. 2. FLEXIBILITY IN USE: The design accommodates a wide range of individual preferences and abilities. 3. SIMPLE AND INTUITIVE USE Use of the design is easy to understand, regardless of the user’s experience, knowledge, language skills, or current concentration level. 4. PERCEPTIBLE INFORMATION: The design communicates necessary information effectively to the user, regardless of ambient conditions or the user’s sensory abilities. 5. TOLERANCE FOR ERROR: The design minimizes hazards and the adverse consequences of accidental or unintended actions. 6. LOW PHYSICAL EFFORT: The design can be used efficiently and comfortably with a minimum of fatigue. 7. SIZE AND SPACE FOR APPROACH AND USE: Appropriate size and space are provided for approach, reach, manipulation and use, regardless of user’s body position, size, posture or mobility.
The Principles of UNIVERSAL DESIGN
© NC State University, The Center for Universal Design
1 1.0 INTRODUCTION CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS
GRAPHIC CONVENTIONS Adaptable: The ability of a certain Assembly area: A room or building space or element, such space accommodating a group Dimensions that are not marked as kitchen counters, sinks, and of individuals for recreational, maximum or minimum are absolute, grab bars, to be added or altered educational, political, social, civic unless otherwise indicated. so as to accommodate the needs or amusement purposes, or for the of individuals with or without consumption of food and drink. disabilities or to accommodate the GENERAL TERMINOLOGY needs of persons with different Assistive Device: See Mobility types or degrees of disabilities. Assistive Device. comply with Meet one or more specifications of this standard. Adaptable Seating: A fixed seat Attic or Roof space: The in an assembly occupancy located uninhabitable portion of a building if … then Denotes a specification adjacent to an access aisle with a or structure which is immediately that applies only when the removable, foldable or no armrest below the roof and wholly or conditions described are present. to allow a person to transfer from partially within the roof framing. one side into the fixed seating area (Mississauga Zoning ByLaw) may Denotes an option or from the access aisle. alternative. Automatic door: A door equipped Addition: An expansion, extension, with a power-operated mechanism shall Denotes a mandatory or increase in the gross floor area of and controls that open and close the specification or requirement. a facility. door automatically upon receipt of a momentary actuating signal. The should Denotes an advisory Administrative Authority: A switch that begins the automatic specification or recommendation. governmental agency that adopts or cycle may be a photoelectric device, enforces regulations and guidelines floor mat, or manual switch. (See for the design, construction, or Power-assisted door) DEFINITIONS alteration of buildings and facilities. Board room or Conference room Access aisle: An accessible Alteration: A change to a facility or Meeting room: A room used for pedestrian space between elements, that affects or could affect the meetings, which accommodates six such as parking spaces, seating usability of the facility or part or more people. and desks, that provides clearances thereof. Alterations include, but appropriate for the use of the are not limited to, remodelling, Boarding Pier: A portion of a pier elements. renovation, retrofitting, where a boat is temporarily secured rehabilitation, reconstruction, for the purpose of embarking or Accessible: Describes a site, historic restoration, resurfacing disembarking. building, facility or portion thereof of circulation paths or vehicular that complies with this standard. ways, changes or rearrangement Boat Launch Ramp: A sloped of the structural parts or elements, surface designed for launching and Accessible element: An element and changes or rearrangement retrieving trailered boats and other specified by this standard (for in the plan configuration of water craft to and from a body of example, telephone, controls etc.). walls and full-height partitions. water. Normal maintenance, painting Accessible route: A continuous or wallpapering, or changes to Boat Slip: That portion of a pier, unobstructed path connecting mechanical or electrical systems are main pier, finger pier, or float accessible elements and spaces not alterations, unless they affect where a boat is moored for the of a facility. Interior accessible the usability of the building. purpose of berthing, embarking, or routes may include corridors, floors, disembarking. ramps, elevators, platform lifts Area of rescue assistance: An and clear floor spaces at fixtures. area which has direct access to Building: A structure occupying Exterior accessible routes may an exit, where people who are an area greater than ten square include parking access aisles, curb unable to use stairs may remain metres, consisting of a wall, roof ramps, crosswalks at vehicular temporarily in safety to await and floor or any of them, or a ways, walkways, ramps and further instructions or assistance structural system serving the platform lifts. during emergency evacuation. function thereof, including all plumbing, fixtures and service Accessible space: Space that systems appurtenant thereto; or a complies with this standard. structure occupying an area of ten square metres or less that contains plumbing, including the plumbing appurtenant thereto; or structures designated in the Ontario Building Code. 2 2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS
Circulation path: An exterior or Detectable warning surfaces: A Element: An architectural or interior way of passage from one standardized surface feature built mechanical component of a place to another for pedestrians, into or applied to walking surfaces building, facility, space or site (e.g., including, but not limited to, or other elements to warn persons telephone, curb ramp, door, drinking walkways, hallways, courtyards, with vision loss/no vision of hazards fountain, seating or water closet). stairways, and stair landings. on a circulation path. These are also known as: “Tactile Ground Entrance: Any access point into Clear: Unobstructed. Indicators (TGI)” or “Tactile Warning a building or facility used for the Surface Indicators (TWSI)”. purposes of entering. An entrance Clear floor space: The minimum includes the approach walkway, unobstructed floor or groundspace Disability: Any restriction or lack the vertical access leading to the required to accommodate a single, of ability to perform an activity in entrance platform, the entrance stationary wheelchair, scooter or the manner or within the range platform itself, vestibules (if other mobility device, including the considered normal for a human provided), the entry door(s) or user. being. gate(s), and the hardware of the entry door(s) or gate(s). Closed-circuit telephone: A Driveway: An internal roadway, telephone with dedicated line(s), that is not a street, private road, Elevated Play Component: A such as a house phone, courtesy CEC - private road, internal road play component that is approached phone or phone that must be used or lane, which provides vehicular above or below grade and that is to gain entrance to a facility. access from a street, private road, part of a composite play structure CEC - private road, to parking or consisting of two or more play Common use: Refers to those loading spaces. (Mississauga Zoning components attached or functionally interior and exterior rooms, spaces ByLaw) linked to create an integrated or elements that are made available unit providing more than one play for the use of a restricted group of Dwelling Unit: A single unit activity. people (for example, occupants of a which provides a kitchen or food homeless shelter, the occupants of preparation area, in addition Facility or Facilities: All or any an officebuilding , or the guests of to rooms and spaces for living, portion of buildings, structures, such occupants). bathing, sleeping, and the like. site improvements, complexes, Dwelling units include a single equipment, roads, walkways, Cross slope: The slope that is family home or a townhouse passageways, parks, parking lots perpendicular to the direction of used as a transient group home; or other real or personal property travel. (See running slope) an apartment building used as a located on a site. shelter; guestrooms in a hotel that Crosswalk: a) That part of a provide sleeping accommodations Gangway: A variable sloped highway at an intersection that is and food preparation areas; and pedestrian walkway that links included within the connections other similar facilities used on a a fixed structure or land with a of the lateral lines of the sidewalk transient basis. For the purposes of floating structure. Gangways which on opposite sides of the highway these guidelines, use of the term connect to vessels are not included. measured from the curbs or, in the “Dwelling Unit” does not imply the absence of curbs, from the edges of unit is used as a residence. Ground floor: Any occupiable floor the roadway; or less than one storey above or below b) Any portion of a roadway at an Egress, Means of: A continuous grade with direct access to grade. intersection or elsewhere distinctly and unobstructed way of exit A facility always has at least one indicated for pedestrian crossing by travel from any point in a facility ground floor and may have more signs or by lines or other markings to a public way. A means of egress than one ground floor, as where on the surface. (from the Traffic comprises vertical and horizontal a split-level entrance has been By-law 555-2000) travel and may include intervening provided or where a facility is built room spaces, doorways, hallways, into a hillside. Curb ramp: A short ramp cutting corridors, passageways, balconies, through a curb or built up to a curb. ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, Ground Level Play Component: A horizontal exits, courts and yards. play component that is approached Depressed curb: A continuous An accessible means of egress is and exited at the ground level. area where a curb is lowered to the one that complies with this standard same level as the adjacent roadway, and does not include stairs, steps Guard: A safety railing used as a resulting in a seamless transition or escalators. Areas of rescue barrier to prevent encroachment or between a pedestrian walkway and assistance, protected lobbies or accidental falling from heights. a vehicular route. protected elevators may be included as part of an accessible means of egress.
3 2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS
Handrail: A component which Multi-Use Trail: A multi-use trail Parking Space For is normally grasped by hand for managed by a public authority Persons With support at stairways and other (Mississauga Zoning ByLaw). A Disabilities: An unobstructed places where needed for the safety multi-use trail means that part rectangular area exclusive of of pedestrians. of a highway, boulevard or city any aisle or driveway for the right-of-way that is designated by temporary parking of a motor Heritage Facility: A facility authorized signs for shared use by vehicle, for persons with disabilities. or portions thereof designated cyclists, pedestrians and in-line (Mississauga Zoning ByLaw) under the Ontario Heritage Act, skaters, in accordance with Traffic or identified in the inventory of By-law Schedule 35 or the Parks Path: See Path of Travel heritage resources for the City of By-law. (128-09). A multi-use trail Mississauga . (See Public Heritage shall be designed, constructed and Pathway: See Path of Travel Facility) maintained to minimize impacts on the natural environment and Path of Travel: A continuous, Impairment: Any loss or may include mitigative structures, unobstructed way of pedestrian abnormality of psychological, such as raised boardwalks and passage, including but not limited physiological or anatomical footbridges (Mississauga Zoning to walkways and sidewalks, curb structure or function. ByLaw). See also Recreational Trail. ramps and other interior or exterior pedestrian ramps, clear floorpaths Landscaped Area: Any outdoor Occupiable: A room or enclosed through lobbies, corridors, rooms, area on a lot, located at grade, space designed for human parking access aisles, elevators including the landscaped buffer occupancy in which individuals and lifts, or a combination of these area, that is suitable for the congregate for amusement, elements. growth and maintenance of grass, educational or similar purposes, or flowers, shrubs, trees and other in which occupants are engaged Play Area: A portion of a site landscape features, and may include at labour, and which is equipped containing play components walkways, berms, retaining walls with means of egress, light and designed and constructed for and outdoor amenity areas, ventilation. children but shall not include, driveways, aisles, ramps or internal roads, Open space: Large-scale tracts Play Equipment/Component: A parking areas whether surfaced or of land without visible evidence of structure that is designed and used not, curbs, any open space beneath residential, commercial or industrial for play and recreation (Mississauga or within any building, structure or development. These areas may Zoning ByLaw). An element part thereof, or any exterior be privately or publicly owned and intended to generate specific garbage storage or handling area. are generally left in a natural state opportunities for play, socialization, (Mississauga Zoning ByLaw) and not programmed for active or learning. Play components may recreation. The benefits of open be manufactured or natural, and Marked crossing: A crosswalk lands typically extend beyond the may be stand alone or part of a or other identifiedpath intended immediate area and usually provide composite play structure. for pedestrian use in crossing a community-wide benefits. vehicular way. Power-assisted door: A door Operable portion: A part of a used for human passage that has Mezzanine or Mezzanine floor: piece of equipment or appliance a mechanism that helps to open That portion of a storey which is used to insert or withdraw objects, the door or relieves the opening an intermediate floor level, placed or to activate, deactivate, or adjust resistance of a door, upon the within the storey and having the equipment or appliance (for activation of a switch or a continued occupiable space above and below example, coin slot, push button, force applied to the door itself. its floor. handle). Private open space: Privately Mobility Assistive Device: A Park: Land that is privately owned land areas within a mobility assistive device as defined or publicly held that has been subdivision, generally smaller in in section 2 of Ontario Regulation developed for multiple recreational scale than open space, which have 191/11 (Integrated Accessibility and leisure-time uses. This land been left free from structures, standards) made under the benefits the entire community parking lots and roads. These types Accessibility for Ontarians with and balances the demands of the of areas generally benefit only Disabilites Act, 2005. public for outdoor recreational the residents or employees of the facilities and other amenities, such particular subdivision and usually Multifamily Dwelling: Any as recreational trails, picnic areas, remain in private ownership. building containing more than two playgrounds, water features, spaces dwelling units. for free play and leisure.
4 2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS
Public Heritage Facility: A facility Sleeping accommodations: Temporary structure: A facility or portions thereof designated Rooms in which people sleep, for that is not of permanent under the Ontario Heritage Act, example, a dormitory. construction but that is extensively or identified in the inventory of used, or is essential for public use heritage resources for the City Space: A definable area (e.g. room, for a period of time. Examples of Mississauga and that is open toilet room, hall, assembly area, of temporary facilities covered and accessible to the public. (See entrance, storage room, alcove, by this standard include, but are Heritage Facility) courtyard or lobby). not limited to, reviewing stands, bleacher areas, temporary kiosks, Public use: Describes interior Storey: The portion of a building, temporary health screening services or exterior rooms or spaces that structure or part thereof, that is or temporary safe pedestrian are made available to the general situated between the top of any passageways around a construction public. Public use may be provided floor and the top of the floor next site. Structures and equipment at a facility that is privately or above it, and if there is no floor directly associated with the actual publicly owned. above it, that portion between processes of construction, such the top of the floor and the ceiling as scaffolding, bridging, materials Ramp: A walking surface which has above it (Mississauga Zoning hoists, or construction trailers, are a running slope greater than 1:20 ByLaw). If such portion of a building not included. (5%). does not include occupiable space, it is not considered a storey for the Text telephone (TTY): Recreational Trail: Public purposes of this standard. There Machinery or equipment that pedestrian trails that are intended may be more than one floor level employs interactive text-based for recreational and leisure within a storey, as in the case of a communication through the purposes. Note that a multi-use trail mezzanine or mezzanines. transmission of coded signals across is one type of Recreational Trail and the standard telephone network. must adhere to all recreational trail Structural frame: The columns Text telephones can include, for requirements in addition to those and the girders, beams, trusses and example, devices known as TDDs specific tomulti-use trails. (Refer spandrels having direct connection (telecommunication display devices also to definition ofMulti-Use Trail) to the columns and all other or telecommunication devices for members which are essential to the deaf persons) or computers with Retrofit: See Alteration. stability of the building as a whole. special modems. Text telephones are also called TTYs, an abbreviation Running slope: The slope that is TDD (Telecommunication Device for for teletypewriter. parallel to the direction of travel. the Deaf): See Text telephone. (See Cross slope) Transfer Device: Equipment TTY (Teletypewriter): See Text designed to facilitate the transfer Service entrance: An entrance telephone. of a person from a wheelchair or intended primarily for delivery of other mobility device to and from an goods or services and not intended Tactile: Describes an object that amusement ride seat. (MADH) for use by the public. can be perceived using the sense of touch. Universal Design Prinicples: The Service room: A room provided principles by which the environment in a building to contain equipment Technically infeasible: Means, can be designed in order to associated with building services. with respect to an alteration of a accommodate the abilities of building or a facility, that it has little all (Mississauga Official Plan). Service space: A space provided likelihood of being accomplished, in a facility to facilitate or conceal because: Vehicular way: A route intended the installation of facility service - existing structural conditions for vehicular traffic, such as a facilities such as chutes, ducts, would require moving or altering street, driveway or parking lot, pipes, shafts or wires. a load-bearing member which is within the boundary of the site. an essential part of the structural Signage: Displayed verbal, frame; or Walkway: An exterior pathway symbolic, tactile and pictorial - other existing physical or site with a prepared surface intended for information. constraints prohibit modification pedestrian use, including general or addition of necessary elements, pedestrian areas, such as plazas Site: A parcel of land bound by spaces or features which are in and courts, within the boundary of a property line or a designated full and strict compliance with the the site. portion of a public right-of-way. minimum requirements for new construction. Site improvement: Landscaping, paving for pedestrian and vehicular ways, outdoor lighting, recreational facilities added to a site. 5 2.0 GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
This page intentionally left blank.
6 CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
3.0 SCOPE, APPLICATION AND ENFORCEMENT
GENERAL Where a facility contains more If alterations of single elements, than one use covered by a special when considered together, amount The requirements of this standard application section, each portion to an alteration of a room or space shall be shall comply with the requirements in a facility, the entire space shall • mandatory for all newly for that section in addition to all be made accessible. constructed and retrofitted other general provisions. facilities owned, leased No alteration of an existing element, or operated by the City of WORK AREAS AND space or area of a facility shall Mississauga; and EMPLOYEE-DESIGNATED impose a requirement for greater • encouraged for all other AREAS accessibility than that which would facilities, whether new or be required for new construction. retrofitted. All facilities shall be accessible for employees, as well as patrons/ If an escalator or stairs are Exceptions: This standard does not users. All areas intended for use by proposed as a means of access apply to employees shall be designed and where none existed previously, and • residential occupancies; constructed to comply with this major structural modifications are • buildings of Group F Division 1 standard. necessary for such installations, occupancy, as defined by the then a means of accessible access Ontario Building Code (latest TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall also be provided. edition with all amendments); If a planned alteration entails and This standard applies to temporary alterations to an entrance, and the • buildings which are not intended facilities, as well as permanent facility has an accessible entrance, to be occupied on a daily or full- facilities. time basis, including, but not the entrance being altered is limited to, automatic telephone required to be accessible. RETROFITTING, exchanges, pump houses and substations. ALTERATIONS AND If the alteration work is limited ADDITIONS solely to the electrical, mechanical GENERAL APPLICATION or plumbing system, or to Each addition to an existing facility hazardous material abatement, or All areas of newly designed or newly shall be regarded as an alteration. to automatic sprinkler retrofitting, constructed facilities and altered and does not involve the alteration portions of existing facilities shall Each space or element added to the of any elements or spaces required comply with Sections 4.1 to 4.4 existing facility shall comply with to be accessible under these of this standard, unless otherwise the applicable provision(s) of this guidelines, then this standard does provided in this section or as standard. not apply (except for alarms, public modified in Section 4.5, Facility- telephones and assistive listening Specific Requirements. Except where the provision of systems). accessible features is technically Exceptions: The requirements of infeasible, no alteration shall An alteration that affects the Sections 4.1 to 4.4 do not apply to decrease or have the effect of usability of or access to an area • service rooms decreasing accessibility or usability containing a primary function shall • elevator machine rooms of an existing facility to below the be made to ensure that, to the • janitor rooms requirements for new construction maximum extent feasible, the route • service spaces at the time of alteration. of travel to the altered area, the • crawl spaces restrooms, telephones and drinking • attic or roof spaces. If existing elements, spaces fountains serving the altered area or common areas are altered, are readily accessible to and usable then each such altered element/ APPLICATION BASED ON by individuals with disabilities. space/feature/area shall comply FACILITY USE with all applicable provisions. If Where the provision of accessible the applicable provision for new features is technically infeasible, The specificfacility types listed in construction requires that an Section 4.5 shall, in addition to and the standard allows a reduction element/space/feature/area be on of manoeuvring space from the all of the provisions specified in an accessible route and the altered Section 4.1 to 4.4, comply with requirements for new construction, element/space/feature/area is the reduced dimensions are the additional design requirements not on an accessible route, this specified in Section 4.5. minimums. Where possible, larger route shall be altered to become manoeuvring spaces must be accessible. provided.
7 3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
3.0 SCOPE, APPLICATION AND ENFORCEMENT
HERITAGE FACILITIES • It is desirable to provide a IMPLEMENTATION complete experience of a This standard will apply to Public Heritage Facility. If an The Facilities and Property alterations to a Heritage Facility, accessible area or areas can Management Division of the however, under the Ontario Human be provided to fully experience City of Mississauga, other City Rights Code, there are allowances a given site or facility context, departments, as well as contracted for modification to the defining access to the entire site or consulting firms shall be responsible features of a Heritage Facility which facility is not necessary. for the application of the 2015 are deemed to alter the essential • Access to above-grade and Facilities Accessibility Design nature or substantially affect the below-grade areas is not Standards when designing and viability of the enterprise. necessary if the context of administering all construction and Public Heritage Facilities should those areas can be adequately renovation projects associated with be assessed for compliance to provided on the accessible floor new facilities, as well as the retrofit, accessibility standards on an level. alteration or addition to existing individual basis, to determine the facilities, owned, leased or operated most effective and least disruptive If retrofit for accessibility of a main by the City of Mississauga. means of retrofit, where required. public entrance in a Heritage Facility Consider the following general would substantially threaten or Designing and constructing to this guidelines: destroy the historic significance of standard shall be included as a • Facilities and/or areas that are the facility, access shall be provided mandatory requirement in all City generally used independently by at an alternative entrance with of Mississauga requests for the public and have undergone directional signs at the main public proposals, tender documents and extensive modernization entrance. The accessible entrance construction contracts. should be permanently and should have a notification system fully accessible. This includes (if not generally used by the public) ENFORCEMENT parking areas, reception areas, and remote monitoring (if security washrooms, food service areas is an issue). The Facilities and Property and gift shops. It can also Management Division of the City include walkways and garden Safe egress from a Heritage Facility of Mississauga and other City areas. If accessibility is limited is required. departments, through the project by non-heritage elements, those management function, shall elements should be revised EQUIVALENT FACILITATION ensure compliance to this standard • Facilities and/or areas which during the preplanning, design, are used only by guided In a retrofit situation where the construction documents preparation tour groups, through which requirements of a section of this and contracts administrative phase. assistance could easily be standard are technically infeasible provided to open doors or to to implement, equivalent facilitation place a temporary ramp, could may be proposed. remain as existing or with minor temporary modifications. Equivalent facilitation proposals shall be referred to the Division Manager of the Facilities Design and Construction Division of the City of Mississauga for review and approval on an individual basis.
8 3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS
All areas of newly designed or newly The requirements of this section The design elements in these constructed facilities and altered apply to all areas of a facility except stardards are organized by: portions of existing facilities shall Access and Circulation; Washroom comply with this section, unless • service rooms Facilities; Other Amenities; Systems otherwise provided in Section 3.0. • elevator machine rooms and Controls; and Facility-Specific • janitor rooms Requirements. Exceptions: This standard does not • service spaces apply to • crawl spaces • residential occupancies; • attic or roof spaces • Buildings of Group F Division 1 occupancy, as defined by the Ontario Building Code (latest edition with all amendments); and • buildings which are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full- time basis, including, but not limited to, automatic telephone exchanges, pump houses and substations.
9 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
This page intentionally left blank.
10 CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.1 SPACE AND REACH REQUIREMENTS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE APPLICATION
The dimensions and manoeuvring Space and reach range provisions characteristics of wheelchairs, for persons who use wheelchairs, scooters and other mobility scooters and other mobility devices 760 mm min (30 in.) devices are as varied as the people shall comply with this section. who use them. Traditionally, 1220 mm min accessibility standards have (48 in.) taken a conservative approach Figure 4.1.1.5 to wheelchair manoeuvrability, Clear Floor Space for Wheelchair reflecting the needs of a physically strong individual using a manual wheelchair. Such an approach excludes the many users without 96 in.) such a degree of strength or those ( using a larger mobility device. This standard more accurately reflects 2440 mm min the vast array of equipment that is used by individuals to access and use facilities, as well as the diverse 660 mm min (26 in.) range of user ability. This standard 2440 mm min incorporates more generous space 1370 mm min requirements, particularly related (96 in.) to the dynamic movement of people (54 in.) using wheelchairs, scooters or other Figure 4.1.1.1 Figure 4.1.1.6 assistive devices. 360° Turning Space Clear Floor Space for Scooter 2440 mm min (96 in.) 670 mm min 1100 mm min 670 mm min 760 mm min (26-3/8 in.) (43-1/4 in.) (26-3/8 in.) (30 in.) x in.) 4
5 (35-1/2 in.) ( 0 mm min 900 mm min 7
3 1 (78-3/4 in.)
2000 mm min Frontal Approach - where X is 610 mm (24in.) or less Figure 4.1.1.7
(43-1/4 in.) Clearances at Alcove 1100 mm min
Figure 4.1.1.2 180° Turning Space
1370 mm min X (54 in.) x
x
1370 mm min 760 mm min 150 mm min
(30 in.) 305 mm min (54 in.) (12 in.) (30 in.) (6 in.) 760 mm min Parallel Approach - Frontal Approach - Parallel Approach - where X is more than 380 mm (15 in.) where X is more that 610 mm (24 in.) where X is 380 mm (15 in.) or less
Figure 4.1.1.3 Figure 4.1.1.4 Figure 4.1.1.8 Clearances at Alcove Clearances at Alcove Clearances at Alcove
11 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.1 SPACE AND REACH REQUIREMENTS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS dimensional requirement of a single, Clear floor spaceor ground space stationary wheelchair or scooter and for wheelchairs may be part of the The space required for a wheelchair its' occupant shall be 760 mm (30 in.) knee space required under some to make a 360-degree turn is a x 1370 mm (54 in.). (Refer to Figures objects. clear floor space of 2440 mm 4.1.1.5 and 4.1.1.6) (96 in.) in diameter (Figure One full, unobstructed side of the 4.1.1.1) or for a 180-degree turn, The minimum clear floor spaceor clear floor spaceor ground space as shown in Figure 4.1.1.2. ground space for wheelchairs or for a wheelchair or scooter shall scooters may be positioned for adjoin or overlap an accessible The minimum clear floor spaceor forward or parallel approach to an route or adjoin another wheelchair ground space necessary to object. clear floor space. If a clear floor accommodate the largest space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or part of 255 mm max 610 mm max 760 mm 760 mm three sides, additional manoeuvring (10 in.) (30 in.) (24 in.) (30 in.) clearances shall be provided as shown in Figures 4.1.1.3, 4.1.1.4, 4.1.1.7 and 4.1.1.8.
The surface of clear floor or ground spaces for wheelchairs and scooters (54 in.)
in.) shall comply with 4.1.2. 4 46 in.) mm max ( 3 mm max (
1370 mm max 0 5 7 6 230 mm min 1 (9 in.)
8 If the clear floor space only allows 1
forward approach to an object, Figure 4.1.1.9 Figure 4.1.1.10 the maximum high forward reach Side Reach Side Reach over an allowed shall be 1200 mm (47 in.). Obstruction The minimum low forward reach is 400 mm (15-3/4 in.). Refer to Figure 4.1.1.11. If the high forward 1370 mm x reach is over an obstruction, reach (54 in.) and clearances shall be as shown in Figures 4.1.1.12 and 4.1.1.13.
If the clear floor space allows parallel approach to an object, the in.) 7
Y maximum high side reach allowed in.) 4 ( 4 / 0 mm max
3
0 shall be 1370 mm (54 in.) and 0 mm min - 2 5 0 1 1 4
( the low side reach no less than 230 mm (9 in.) above the floor. Z Refer to Figure 4.1.1.9. If the 1370mm side reach is over an obstruction, (54 in.) the reach and clearances shall be Figure 4.1.1.11 Figure 4.1.1.12 as shown in Figure 4.1.1.9 and Forward Reach Forward Reach over an 4.1.1.13. Notwithstanding these Obstruction requirements, the Ontario Building Code requires all controls for the operation of facility services to be no more than 1200 mm (47 in.) above the floor for thermostats or manual pull station and 900 - 1100 mm (35-1/2 - 43-1/4 in.) for in.) 0 mm 4 all other controls including typical 7 5 (30 in.) ( 760 mm 3
1 light switches.
NOTE: In Diagrams 4.1.1.12 and x 255 mm max 760 mm 4.1.1.14, X shall be less than or (10 in.) (30 in.) Z equal to 635 mm (25 in.): Z shall be greater than or equal to X. 1370mm When X is less than 510 mm (54 in.) (20 in.), then Y shall be 1220 mm Figure 4.1.1.13 Figure 4.1.1.14 (48 in.) maximum. Side Reach - Maximum Forward Reach over an When X is 510 to 635 mm Distance to Wheelchair Obstruction (20 to 25 in.), then Y shall be 1120 mm (44 in.) maximum. 12 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.2 GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE Carpets or carpet tile shall RELATED SECTIONS • be securely fixed; Design decisions related to ground • have a firm cushion, pad or 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and and floor surfaces will influence backing, where used; Corridors every person who enters the • have a level loop, textured loop, 4.4.8 Detectable Warning building. Irregular surfaces, such as level cut pile, or level cut/uncut Surfaces cobblestones or pea-gravel finished pile texture with a maximum 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes concrete, are difficult for both pad and pile height of 13 mm 4.4.15 Texture and Colour walking and pushing a wheelchair. (1/2 in.); and Slippery surfaces are hazardous • have exposed edges fastened x to all individuals and especially to floor surfaces with trim hazardous for seniors and others conforming to Table 4.1.2. who may not be sure-footed. 6 mm ma Gratings located in walking surfaces (1/4 in.)
Glare from polished floor surfaces shall can be uncomfortable for all users • have spaces not greater than 2 and can be a particular obstacle to 13 mm (1/2 in.) wide in one direction; and persons with vision loss/no vision by 1 obscuring important orientation and • be placed so that the long
dimension is across the (1/4-1/2 in.) safety features. Pronounced colour 6.1-13 mm contrast between walls and floor dominant direction of travel. finishes may be helpful for persons Figure 4.1.2.1 with vision loss/no vision, as are Changes in Level changes in colour/texture where a change in level or function occurs.
Patterned floors should be avoided, as they can create visual confusion. Vertical Rise Edge Treatment 0 to 6 mm (0 – ¼ in.) May be vertical Thick pile carpeting makes pushing 6.1 mm to 13 mm (9/32 in. – ½ in.) Bevel, maximum slope 1:2 a wheelchair very difficult. Small Over 13 mm (over ½ in.) Treat as a sloped floor, ramp and uneven changes in floor level or curb ramp represent a further barrier to using Table 4.1.2 a wheelchair but also present a Changes in Level tripping hazard to ambulatory persons.
Openings in any ground or floor surface such as grates or grilles can catch canes or wheelchair wheels. OPENINGS LARGER THAN 13 mm (1/2 in.) MAY CATCH WHEELCHAIR WHEELS OR CANES APPLICATION
Ground and floor surfaces along all routes generally used by staff and public and within all areas generally used by staff and public shall comply with this section. 13 mm(1/2 in.) GRATE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS WIDTH
Ground and floor surfaces shall be stable, firm, slip-resistant and glare-free. 13 mm(1/2 in.) Changes in level, except for DIRE CTION OF TR elevators and other elevating AVEL Figure 4.1.2.2 devices, shall conform to Table Grills and Gratings 4.1.2.
13 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.3 PROTRUDING & OVERHEAD OBJECTS
RATIONALE APPLICATION Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for an The creation of pathways free from Protruding objects from a wall, accessible route or manoeuvring protruding objects or freestanding ceiling or other location shall comply space. obstacles is important to all facility with this section. users. An object protruding from a The minimum clear headroom in wall above the detection range of a DESIGN REQUIREMENTS pedestrian areas, such as walkways, cane is dangerous for persons with halls, corridors, passageways, or vision loss/no vision or a pedestrian Objects protruding from walls with aisles, shall be 2100 mm distracted by a conversation. The their leading edges between 680 (82-3/4 in.). underside of stairways is a common mm (26-3/4 in.) and 2100 mm overhead hazard. Temporary (82-3/4 in.) from the floor shall A detectable guard, guardrail or construction barriers can also be protrude not more than 100 mm other barrier having its leading hazardous if their lower edge is too (4 in.) into pedestrian areas, such edge at or below 680 mm high to be detected by a person as walkways, halls, corridors, (26-3/4 in.) from the floor shall be using a long white cane for mobility. passageways or aisles. provided where the headroom of an Detectable warning surfaces around area adjoining an accessible route freestanding obstacles, such as light Objects attached to a wall with their is reduced to less than 2100 mm standards, are advantageous to leading edges at or below 680 mm (82-3/4 in.). anyone using a pathway. (26-3/4 in.) from the floor may protrude any amount. RELATED SECTIONS
greater Freestanding objects shall not have 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths than any overhang of more than 300 mm and Corridors CLEAR 100 mm WIDTH (4 in.) (11-3/4 in.) between 680 mm 4.4.8 Detectable Warning (26-3/4 in.) and 2100 mm Surfaces (82-3/4 in.) from the ground or 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes floor. 4.4.15 Texture and Colour
The maximum height of the bottom
Obstruction edge of freestanding objects with a space of more than 300 mm (11-3/4 in.) between supports shall be 680 mm (26-3/4 in.) from the ground or floor. (26 3/4 in.) 680 mm max
CANE HITS OBSTRUCTION Figure 4.1.3.1 Limits of Protruding Objects
100 mm max (4 in.) (82-3/4 in.)
2100 mm min Obstruction (82-3/4 in.)
2100 mm min
ANY HEIGHT 680 mm max (26-3/4 in.)
Figure 4.1.3.2 Figure 4.1.3.3 Limits of Protruding Objects Overhead Obstructions
14 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.4 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, PATHS & CORRIDORS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE At least one accessible route shall Accessible routes are permitted connect accessible buildings, to include ramps, curb ramps, Routes of travel through a facility facilities, elements and spaces that stairs (alongside ramps), elevators should address the full range of are on the same site. It is preferable or other elevating devices (as individuals that may use them. to have all routes accessible. permitted in 4.1.15) where a They must provide the clear difference in elevation exists. width necessary for persons Except where essential obstructions using wheelchairs or scooters, in a work area would make an A walkway or pedestrian bridge those pushing strollers or those accessible route hazardous, an connecting two barrier-free storeys travelling in pairs. Consideration accessible route shall connect in different buildings shall form part should be given to the width accessible entrances with all of an accessible route and shall and maneuverability of mobility accessible spaces and elements comply with this section. devices, such as wheelchairs and within the facility. An accessible scooters. While a corridor may be route complying with this section wide enough for a person to drive a shall be provided within all normally scooter in a straight line, it may not occupiable floor areas. be possible to make a turn around a corner. The preferred minimum Exceptions: The provision of an width for primary accessible routes accessible route does not apply is 1830 mm (72 in.). • to service rooms • to elevator machine rooms Strong colour contrasts and/or • to janitor rooms tactile pathways set into floors may • to service spaces be used to assist individuals with • to crawl spaces vision loss/no vision to negotiate an • to attic or roof spaces environment. • to high-hazard industrial occupancies Edge protection that guards a • within portions of a floor area 1100 mm min change in level is an important with fixed seats in anassembly (43-1/4 in.) safety feature for all users. occupancy where these portions are not part of an accessible APPLICATION route to spaces designated for wheelchair use; or Wherever possible, all routes, paths • within a suite of residential and corridors shall comply with this occupancy. section.
At least one accessible route complying with this section shall be provided within the boundary of the site from accessible parking spaces, passenger-loading zones 1370 mm min (if provided), and public streets or (54 in.) sidewalks to the accessible facility entrance they serve. The accessible route shall, to the maximum extent feasible, coincide with the route for the general public.
75 mm (3 in.) min
> 200 mm (7-7/8 in.) 1830 mm min (72 in.)
Figure 4.1.4.1 Figure 4.1.4.2 Edge Protection Access Widths
15 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.4 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, PATHS & CORRIDORS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Except at stairs and at elevated Recreational trails need flexibility in platforms such as performance locations of rest areas (i.e. 30 to 90 The minimum clear width of an areas or loading docks, where the m (98 ft. - 5 in. to 295 ft. - 3 in.) accessible route shall be 1100 mm edge(s) of an accessible route, path apart.) (43-1/4 in.) except or corridor is not level with the • at doors - refer to 4.1.6; adjacent surface, the edge(s) shall Consultation with the Municipal • where additional manoeuvring be protected Accessibility Advisory Comittee, the space is required at doorways • by a colour contrasting curb of public and persons with disabilities (See 4.1.6); at least 75 mm (3 in.) high regarding the design and location • at U-turns around obstacles less where the change in level is of rest areas along exterior paths than 1220 mm (48 in.) wide, it between 200 mm (7-7/8 in.) of travel must be undertaken as shall be 1220 mm (48 in.); and 600 mm (23-5/8 in.); and required by the AODA Accessibility • for exterior routes, it shall be • by a guard which meets the Standard for the Design of Public 1500 mm (59 in.). This can requirements of the Ontario Spaces. be reduced to 1220 (48 in.) Building Code where the change where the route connects to a in level is greater than 600 mm Designated areas for snow piling to curb ramp to serve as a turning (23-5/8 in.). be provided at exterior accessible space at the top of the ramp; routes, located away from • where space is required for two Where there is a change in direction pedestrian routes. wheelchairs to pass, it shall be along an accessible route and the 1830 mm (72 in.); and intended destination of the route RELATED SECTIONS • at secondary circulation routes is not evident, directional signage within open office areas, where shall be provided. 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces systems-furniture work station 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and clusters are used, it shall be All portions of an accessible route Openings 920 mm (36 in.). shall be equipped to provide a 4.1.9 Ramps minimum level of illumination of 4.1.10 Curb Ramps Where accessible routes less 50 lux (4.6 ft-candles). Exception: 4.2.3 Elevated Platforms than 2000 mm (78-3/4 in.) wide In outdoor park settings where 4.4.7 Signage terminates at a dead end, a turn routes are not normally illuminated, 4.4.8 Detectable Warning space in compliance with 4.1.1 shall additional illumination is not Surfaces be provided at the dead end. required. 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources 4.4.13 Lighting Entrance to an exterior path of Accessible routes shall incorporate 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes travel must provide a minimum level rest areas spaced no more 4.4.15 Texture and Colour clearance of 950 mm (37-1/2 in.) than 30 metres (98ft. - 5in.) apart. (whether entrace includes gate, offset gates, bollard, or other entrance design).
Accessible routes shall (43-1/4 in.) • have a running slope not 1100 mm min steeper than 1:20 (5%) or be designed as a ramp in compliance with 4.1.9; • have a cross slope not steeper than 1:50 (2%); and 1220 mm • where the accessible route 1100 mm min* or greater 1100 mm min* incorporates a curb ramp, (43-1/4 in.) (48 in .or greater) (43-1/4 in.) the curb ramp portion of the (48 in.) accessible route shall comply
1220 mm min Figure 4.1.4.3 with 4.1.10. Turn around an Obstacle Every accessible route less than 1830 mm (72 in.) wide shall be provided with an unobstructed Figures 4.1.4.3 and passing space of not less than 1830 4.1.4.4 illustrate mm (72 in.) in width and 1830 mm interior routes. 1100 mm min* 1100 mm min* (72 in.) in length, located not more Dimensions marked (43-1/4 in.) than 30 meters (98 ft. 5 in.) apart. (43-1/4 in.) * to be increased to less than 1220 mm (48 in.) 1500 mm (59 in.) at Figure 4.1.4.4 exterior routes. Turn around an Obstacle 16 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.5 ENTRANCES 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE Accessible public entrances must If the only entrance to a facility or be provided in a number at least tenancy is a service entrance, that Design decisions concerning equivalent to the number of exits entrance shall be accessible. entrances will have an immediate required by the Ontario Building impact on the independence and Code. (This paragraph does not Entrances which are not accessible dignity of everyone entering a require an increase in the total shall have directional signage facility. Entrances that address the number of public entrances required complying with 4.4.7 which full range of individuals using the for a facility.) indicates the nearest accessible facility promote a spirit of inclusion entrance. that separate accessible entrances An accessible public entrance must do not. Features such as canopies be provided to each tenancy in a Accessible entrances shall be can limit the influence of weather facility. identified withsignage complying conditions on this already busy area with applicable provisions of 4.4.7. and also make an entrance more In police stations and municipal obvious to a person with a cognitive courts subject to 4.5.8 and 4.5.9, Accessible entrances shall be served disability or someone unfamiliar public entrances that are secured by an accessible route in compliance with the facility. shall be accessible, as required in with 4.1.4. 4.5.8 and 4.5.9. APPLICATION RELATED SECTIONS If direct access is provided for All entrances used by staff and/ pedestrians from an enclosed 4.1.1 Space and Reach or the public shall be accessible parking garage to a facility, at Requirements and comply with this section. In least one direct entrance from the 4.1.6 Doors a retrofit situation where it is parking garage to the facility must 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and technically infeasible to make be accessible. Openings all staff and public entrances 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens accessible, at least 50% of all If access is provided for pedestrians and Sidelights staff and public entrances shall be from a pedestrian tunnel, walkway 4.4.2 Controls and Operating accessible and comply with this or pedestrian bridge, at least one Mechanisms section. In a retrofit situation where entrance to the facility from each 4.4.7 Signage it is technically infeasible to make tunnel, walkway or bridge must be 4.4.10 Information Systems all public entrances accessible, the accessible. 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and primary entrances used by staff and Security Systems the public shall be accessible. 4.4.13 Lighting
17 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.6 DOORS
RATIONALE APPLICATION Power operators shall be provided at the following door locations: Sufficiently wide doorways are All doors used by staff or the public • entrances required by 4.1.5 advantageous to individuals using shall comply with this section. including both inner and wheelchairs or scooters, pushing In a retrofit situation where it is outer vestibule doors (where strollers, or making a delivery. technically infeasible to make all provided); However, a raised threshold at the doors accessible, at least one door • washrooms that include an base of the door could impede any at each accessible space shall accessible toilet stall; one of these same individuals. This comply with this section. • universal washroom; same group, with the addition of • change rooms that contain children, seniors or even someone Exception: Doors not requiring accessible toilet and shower carrying packages, would have full user passage, such as shallow facilities, as well as a private difficulty opening a heavy door closets, may have the clear opening accessible change room; and and would benefit from some form reduced to 510 mm (20 in.) • intermediate doorways across of automatic door opener. Where minimum. primary circulation routes permitted and where feasible, within a facility. Exception: entrances without doors are Each door that is an element of an Doors that are held-open using preferred. accessible route shall comply with electromagnetic hold-open this section. devices. Independent use of doors is desirable. Reliance on assistance Each door required by 4.4.1 Mats and mat sinkages at doors from others to open doors is not an (Emergency Exits, Fire Evacuation shall comply with this section. accessible or dignified solution. and Areas of Rescue Assistance) shall comply with this section. Revolving doors or turnstiles shall Careful thought to the direction of not be the only means of passage at the door swing can enhance the Where a door system incorporates an accessible entrance or along an usability and limit the hazard to multiple door leafs at a single accessible route. An accessible gate other pedestrians. Sliding doors can location, at least one of the door or door shall be provided adjacent be easier for some individuals to leafs shall comply with this section. to the turnstile or revolving door operate, and can also require less and shall be designated to facilitate wheelchair manoeuvring space. the same use pattern. Doors that require two hands to operate are not considered to be accessible. Revolving doors are Context Floor Space Required (in mm) not accessible for persons using Depth Width Space wheelchairs and strollers (unless beside latch they are very large revolving doors Side-hinged door - Front approach (Figure 4.1.6.3) i.e. Credit Valley Hospital entrance). Also, the coordination required to Pull side 1525 (60 in.) 1600 (63 in.) 600 (23-5/8 in.) use such doors may be difficult for (*1525 (60 in.)) children or a person with a cognitive Push side 1370 (54 in.) 1250 (49-1/4 in.) 300 (11-3/4 in.) disability. (*1220 (48 in.)) Side-hinged door - Latch-side approach (Figure 4.1.6.2) Glazed doors can present a hazard to all individuals and especially Pull side 1370 (54 in.) 1600 (63 in.) 600 (23-5/8 in.) those with vision loss/no vision. The (*1220 (48 in.)) (*1525 (60 in.)) Push side 1370 (54 in.) 1525 (60 in.) 600 (23-5/8 in.) inclusion of colour-contrast strips (*1100 (43-1/4 in.)) across the glass, mounted at eye Side-hinged door - Hinge-side approach (Figure 4.1.6.1) level, as well as colour-contrasting door frames and door hardware, will Pull side 2440 (96 in.) 2440 (96 in.) 600 (23-5/8 in.) increase the safety and visibility of a (*1525 (60 in.)) (*1525 (60 in.)) glazed door for a person with vision Push side 1370 (54 in.) 1830 (72 in.) 450 (17-3/4 in.) loss/no vision. (*1100 (43-1/4 in.)) Sliding door (Figure 4.1.6.4)
Front approach 1370 (54 in.) 1550 (61in.) 300 (11-3/4 in.)
Side approach 1370 (54 in.) 2150 (84-5/8 in.) 600 (23-5/8 in.) (*1100 (43-1/4 in.)) Table 4.1.6 Manoeuvring Space at Doors In retrofit situations where it istechnically infeasible to provide the required clearances at doors, the clearances may be reduced as shown by the asterix (*). 18 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.6 DOORS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
Frameless glass doors and/or DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (37-1/2 in.), measured between sidelights shall not be used. the face of the door and the Where permitted, rooms without opposite door stop with the door Door hardware on all doors doors are preferred. open 90 degrees. In a retrofit throughout a facility (not only situation where it is technically those deemed accessible), shall Accessible doors shall be on an infeasible to provide this clearance, comply with the door hardware accessible route that complies with the minimum clear opening of requirements of this section. 4.1.4. doorways may be reduced to 860 mm (33-3/4 in.). The minimum clear opening of doorways shall be 950 mm 2440 mm min (96 in.) 1600 mm min (63 in.) Pull Side Pull Side (96 in.) (54 in.)
600 mm min 2440 mm min 600 mm min
(23-5/8 in.) 1370 mm min (23-5/8 in.)
450 mm min (17-3/4 in.)
Push Side Push Side (54 in.) (54 in.)
1370 mm min 1370 mm min
1830 mm min 1525 mm min (72 in.) (60 in.) Figure 4.1.6.1 Figure 4.1.6.2 Hinge Side Approach Latch Side Approach at Hinged Doors at Hinged Doors
Figure 4.1.6.4 Front and Side Approach 1600 mm min at Sliding Doors (63 in.) Pull Side 1550 mm min (61 in.)
600 mm
(60 in.) min 1525 mm min (23-5/8 in.)
(54 in.) 300 mm min (11-3/4 in.) 300 mm min
1370 mm min (11-3/4 in.)
300 mm 600 mm min min (23-5/8 in.) (11-3/4 in.) 600 mm min (23-5/8 in)
(54 in.) Push Side (54 in.)
1370 mm min
1250 mm min 1370 mm min Figure 4.1.6.3 (49 in.) 2150 mm min Front Approach (84-5/8 in.) at Hinged Doors
19 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.6 DOORS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Where doors in a series do not Operating hardware on sliding doors (Continued) align, a turn circle of at least 1525 shall be exposed and usable from mm (60 in.) shall be provided within both sides when sliding doors are Doors shall have level wheelchair- the vestibule area, clear of any door fully open. manoeuvring space on both sides swing. (See figure 4.1.6.6) of the door. Unless equiped with The maximum door opening force a power door operator, doors shall Thresholds shall for pushing or pulling open a door have a clear space beside the latch, • be not more than 13 mm shall be no more than as described in Table 4.1.6. (1/2 in.) high; and • 38 N (8.5 lb.) for exterior • where over 6 mm (1/4 in.) high, hinged doors; Exception: The clear space is not be bevelled at a maximum slope • 22 N (4.6 lb.) for interior hinged required on the inactive side of a of 1:2 (50%). doors; and door, where access is provided from • 22 N (4.6 lb.) for sliding or one side only - such as to a closet. Door hardware (operating devices folding doors. such as handles, pulls, latches, and The required clear space beside the locks) shall Door closers shall be adjusted to the latch is to be unobstructed for the • be operable by using a closed least pressure possible, but never full height of the door. fist; more than the opening forces noted • not require fine finger control, in this section. The minimum space between two tight grasping, pinching, or hinged or pivoted doors in series twisting of the wrist to operate; The sweep period of door closers shall be 1525 mm (60 in.), plus the and shall be adjusted so that, from width of any door swinging into the • be mounted between 900 mm an open position of 90 degrees, space. (35-1/2 in.) and 1100 mm the door will take not less than 3 (43-1/4 in.) from the floor. seconds to move to a semi-closed position of approximately 12 degrees.
1600 mm min (63 in.) 1600 mm min (63 in.)
600 mm min (23-5/8 in.) (60 in.) 600 mm
1525 mm min 1525 mm (60 in.) min turn (60 in.) min 1525 mm min (23-5/8 in.) space where doors not aligned
300 mm min 1370 mm min (11-3/4 in.) (54 in.) (60 in.) (54 in.)
1370 mm min 1525 mm min 300 mm min
600 mm min (11-3/4 in.) (23-5/8 in.) (49 in.) Door Width 1250 mm min
300 mm min Figure 4.1.6.6 (11-3/4 in.) Manoeuvring Space at Doors in Series (54 in.)
1370 mm min 1250 mm min (49 in.) Figure 4.1.6.5 Manoeuvring Space at Doors in Series 20 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.6 DOORS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
Power-assisted swinging doors shall • where exterior doors swing Where a door incorporates glazing • take not less than 3 seconds open into a pedestrian area, or is fully glazed, it shall comply to move from the closed to the incorporate safety guards that with Section 4.1.8 (Windows, fully open position; and comply with 4.1.3, projecting a Glazed Screens and Sidelights). • require a force of not more than minimum of 300 mm (11-3/4 66 N (13.8 lb.) to stop door in.) beyond both sides of the RELATED SECTIONS movement. open door. (See Figure 4.1.6.8) 4.1.1 Space and Reach Permanent mats and metal gratings Where doors are not equipped Requirements at entrances and in vestibules shall with a closing device, the edge of 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and be sunk level with the floor, so as door shall be colour contrasted to Openings not to create a tripping hazard. the face of the door. (See Figure 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens Occasional mats (e.g. runners used 4.1.6.9) and Sidelights in bad weather) should be level 4.4.2 Controls and Operating with the floor surface and/or have Doors and/or door frames shall Mechanisms a gently bevelled edge, so as not to incorporate pronounced colour 4.4.7 Signage create a tripping hazard. contrast, to differentiate them 4.4.10 Information Systems from the surrounding environment. 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and Where manually-activated power Door handles and other operating Security Systems door operators are provided they mechanisms shall incorporate shall pronounced colour contrast, to • be clearly visible differentiate them from the door • be located to allow a person itself. using a wheelchair or scooter to stop immediately adjacent to the control (refer to 4.1.1) and in a location that is logical and does not require the user to go around the door or an obstacle after activated; • be located at least 600 mm (23- 5/8 in.) from any inside corner; • be located on the latch side of the door 300 mm min • where the door opens towards (11-3/4 in.) the user, the controls shall be located not less than 600 mm 680 mm max (23-5/8 in.) and not more than (26-1/2 in.) 1525 mm (60 in.) beyond the door swing Figure 4.1.6.7 Figure 4.1.6.8 • incorporate controls that are: Examples of Detectable Safety Guards • minimum 150 mm Accessible Hardware (5-7/8 in.) in diameter, located with its centre Colour contrast 1000 - 1100 mm (39- door frame 3/8 - 43-1/4 in.) above the finished ground/floor surface; OR • configured as a vertical bar that is at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide, which can be activated between 200 mm (7-7/8") and 900 mm (35- 1/2 in.) above the finished ground/floor surface • incorprate the International Symbol of Access for Persons Colour contrast door edge with Disabilities; where door not equipped • where pressure-sensitive mats, with closer overhead beams or proximity scanners are used to detect Figure 4.1.6.9 traffic, incorprate systems that Colour Contrast at Doors will detect individuals using wheelchairs or scooters; and 21 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.7 GATES, TURNSTILES AND OPENINGS
RATIONALE Turnstiles shall incorporate a RELATED SECTIONS pronounced colour contrast to Gates and turnstiles should address differentiate them from the 4.1.1 Space and Reach the full range of users that may surrounding environment. Requirements pass through them. Single-bar gates 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and designed to be at a convenient waist Where gates are incorporated into Corridors height for ambulatory persons are a chain-link fencing system, the 4.1.6 Doors at neck and face height for children poles at either side of the gate shall 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens and chest height for persons who incorporate a pronounced colour and Sidelights use wheelchairs or scooters. contrast from the fence and the 4.4.2 Controls and Operating surrounding environment. Mechanisms Revolving turnstiles are a physical 4.4.7 Signage impossibility for a person in a 4.4.10 Information Systems wheelchair to negotiate. They are 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and also difficult for persons using Security Systems canes or crutches, or persons with poor balance. An adjacent opening of an accessible width is essential for wheelchair access, as well as access for those using other mobility devices, strollers, walkers or delivery carts.
APPLICATION Inaccessible Gates, turnstiles and openings shall Inaccessible Turnstile comply with this section. Posts
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Where gates or openings are provided through fences or screens to public use areas, such openings 950 mm shall be accessible (i.e., a minimum min of 950 mm (37-1/2 in.) wide, to (37 1/2 in.) allow free passage for persons who Figure 4.1.7.1 use a wheelchair or scooter. (Note: Access at Turnstile Hardware should be suitable for autonomous use, and any closing device should not be spring-loaded).
Where turnstiles or other ticketing control devices are utilized which are not accessible, a gate or opening which is accessible shall be provided in the same location and shall incorporate the International Symbol of Access for Persons with Disabilities. 680 mm max (26-1/2 in.)
Figure 4.1.7.2 Access at Turnstile
22 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.8 WINDOWS, GLAZED SCREENS & SIDELIGHTS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE Optionally, a second row of Where viewing windows or vision decals, or a continuous strip, a panels are provided, Broad expanses of glazing in minimum 50 mm (2 in.) wide and • the sill height shall be no more screens, sidelights and doors can be of highly contrasting colour to the than 760 mm (30 in.) from the difficult to detect. While this may be background shall be provided, floor; and a particular concern to persons with mounted with its centreline between • where horizontal transoms are vision loss/no vision, it is possible 1170 mm (46 in.) and 1220 mm incorporated, the transoms shall for anyone to walk into a clear sheet (48 in.) above the floor or ground. not be located between 1060 of glazing especially if they are mm (42 in.) and 1220 (48 in.) distracted or in a hurry. Where decals are used, they shall from the floor. be located at a maximum of Persons who use wheelchairs or 150 mm (5-7/8 in.) from centre In facilities with operable windows, scooters experience the facility from to centre. The decals can either window opening hardware shall a seated position thereby lowering be 50 mm (2 in.) square or round, • be mounted between 400 mm their eye level and reach range. and/or of a special design (e.g., a (15-3/4 in.) and 1200 mm This necessitates the need for lower logo) provided the solid portion of (47 in.) from the floor; sill heights and easily reached the decals provides a high colour • be operable using one hand; operating mechanisms. Window contrast and is easy to identify by and controls and operating devices persons with vision loss/no vision. • not require fine finger control, should also respect the limitations tight grasping, pinching, or of hand strength or dexterity Where etched or patterned glass is twisting of the wrist to operate. encountered with different types of used, decals or stripes of a highly disabilities, including arthritis. contrasting colour shall still be RELATED SECTIONS provided. APPLICATION 4.1.1 Space and Reach Where frameless glass vision panels Requirements Windows, glazed screens, fully- are used, exposed edges shall be 4.4.2 Controls and Operating glazed sidelights, fully-glazed doors identified with a vertical safety Mechanisms and vision panels in doors shall stripe, applied to cap the ends of comply with this section. each exposed glass panel.
Frameless glass doors and/or sidelights shall not be used.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Figure 4.1.8.1 Window Sill Fully-glazed doors and sidelights at Height exterior entrances or vestibules, as well as fully-glazed interior doors, screens and sidelights shall be marked with a continuous opaque strip that • is colour and brightness contrasted to the background of
the door; (30 in.)
• is at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide; 760 mm max • is located across the width of the door at a height of 1350 to 1500 mm (53-1/8 to 59 in.) above the finished floor; and Continuous, colour • may incorporate a logo or contrasting opaque symbol provided such logo or strip symbol does not diminish Optional colour contrasting opaque strip or decals • the opacity of the strip; • the width of the strip; • the colour and brightness contrast of the strip to the (46-48 in.) 1350-1500 mm (53-1/8-59 in.) background of the door; and 1170-1220 mm • the continuity of the strip Frame required on all Figure 4.1.8.2 across the width of the door. glass doors and sidelights Fully Glazed Doors, Sidelights and Vision Panel Markings
23 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.9 RAMPS
RATIONALE Where an accessible ramp is located be steeper than 1:15 (6.7%). in a barrier-free path of travel Shallower slopes are preferred. Traditionally, ramps have been serving a building entrance, signage synonymous with wheelchair in compliance with 4.4.7 shall be The maximum cross slope of ramp accessibility. However, ramps installed to indicate the location surfaces shall be 1:50 (2%). can be problematic in providing of the accessible ramp and the accessibility. Ramps can be difficult accessible entrance. Ramps shall have level landings and dangerous to negotiate. Also, at the top and bottom of each run the physical space required for The running slope shall be between and also where the ramp changes ramps makes them cumbersome to 1:20 (5%) and 1:15 (6.7%). In an direction. integrate into a facility. However, interior retrofit situation where it is where a change in level already technically infeasible to provide a The maximum horizontal length exists or cannot be avoided, a ramp with a running slope between between landings shall not exceed properly designed ramp can provide 1:20 (5%) and 1:15 (6.7%), a 9 m (29’-6”). access for those using wheelchairs running slope not steeper than or scooters, pushing strollers or 1:12 (8%) may be used for interior moving packages on a trolley. ramps. Exterior ramps cannot
The design of the ramp is critical to its usefulness and safety. A steeply inclined ramp is difficult to ascend
when using a wheelchair, and can 2 4 2440 mm min 4 0 (96 in.) (9 increase the risk of the wheelchair 6 mm min in.) tipping backwards. Descending a 2 4 4 0 mm min 9 6 in.) steep ramp can also be hazardous. ( Any cross slope will further increase
the effort required to negotiate the 1 : 15 max slope * ramp. Manoeuvring space at the 2 4 top and bottom are also important 4 0 (9 mm min 9000 mm max factors in a ramps usability. Level 6 1670 mm min in.) (29-6 in.) (65-3/4 in.)
areas at points along a long ramp 4 4 0 mm min 2 6 in.) enable an individual to rest. ( 9
Textured surfaces, edge protection and handrails all provide important safety features. Heated surfaces are recommended to address the safety 1670 min concerns associated with snow and (65-3/4 in.) ice.
APPLICATION 1 : 15 max slope *
2 4 4 Any part of an accessible route with 0 (9 mm min 6 1670 mm min a slope steeper than 1:20 (5%) in.) 9000 max (29-6 in.) (65-3/4 in.) 4 4 0 mm min shall be considered a ramp and shall 2 6 in.) ( 9 2440 mm min comply with this section. (96 in.)
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Accessible ramps shall be on an 1 : 15 max slope * accessible route complying with 4.1.4.
9000 mm max 2440 mm min (29-6 in.) (96 in.) 1 : 15 max slope * 2 4 4 0 (9 mm min 6 in.) 9000 mm max 1670 mm min (29-6 in.) (65-3/4 in.) * In an interior retrofit situation where it is 4 0 mm min 2 4 in.) ( 9 6 technically infeasible to provide the required maximum slope, the maximum slope may be increased up to 1:12 for interior Figure 4.1.9.1 ramps. Exterior ramps cannot be steeper than Minimum Ramp Landing Dimensions 1:15. 24 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.9 RAMPS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
Landings shall width not less than 2440 mm At slope transitions, ramps shall • be at least as wide as the widest (96 in.). In a retrofit situation have a 40 - 60 mm (1-5/8 - 2-3/8 ramp run leading to it; where creating a suitably sized in.) wide colour-contrasted strip • have a minimum size not less landing is technically infeasible, across the width of the ramp, than 2440 x 2440 mm (96 x the required landing width may located on the sloped surface. 96 in.) if located at the top or be reduced to 2120 mm (84in); bottom of a ramp or if served • where there is a change of 90 Outdoor ramps and their by a doorway. (In a retrofit degrees or more in the direction approaches shall be designed so situation where creating of the ramp, have a length not that water will not accumulate on a suitably sized landing is less than 1670 mm (65-3/4 in.) walking surfaces. technically infeasible, the and a width no less than the required landing size may be width of the ramp; and Ramps and landings forming part of reduced to 1670 x 1670 mm. • where an intermediate landing a ramp shall be protected by a wall (65-3/4 x 65-3/4 in.)); at a straight ramp (Refer to or guard on both sides. • where an intermediate landing Figure 4.1.9.1), have a length at the switchback of a U-shaped not less than 1670 mm (65-3/4 Where a guard is provided, it shall ramp (Refer to Figure 4.1.9.1), in.). • comply with the requirements of have a length not less than the Ontario Building Code; 1670 mm (65-3/4 in.) and a Ramp and landing surfaces shall be • have a minimum height of 1070 firm, stable, and slip-resistant. mm (42-1/8 in.) measured vertically from the ramp surface to the top of the guard; • be designed so that no member located 140 - 900 mm (5-1/2 - 35-1/2 in.) above the ramp will Colour contrast band 40-60 mm facilitate climbing; and (1-5/8 - 2-3/8 in.) wide on sloped • be provided surface at all slope transitions . with a curb at least 75 mm (3 in.) high on any side of the ramp where no solid enclosure or guard is provided; and . with railings or other barriers that extend to 2440 mm min within 50 mm (2 in.) of the (96 in.) finishedramp, or have a curb not less than 75 mm (3 in.) high.
* Slope no steeper than 1:15 (6.7%)
2440 mm min Figure 4.1.9.2 (96 in.) Ramp Criteria 2440 mm min * In a retrofit situation where it is (96 in.) technically infeasible to provide the required maximum slope, the maximum slope may be increased up to 1:12 (8%) for interior ramps. Exterior ramps cannot be steeper than 1:15 (6.7%).
25 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.9 RAMPS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • have a width between at least Designated areas for snow piling (Continued) one set of handrails of 950 mm to be provided at exterior ramps, - 1200 mm (37-1/2 to 48 in.); located away from pedestrian Ramps shall be equipped with and routes. handrails which: • terminate to a wall, floor, post • are on both sides; or other manner that will not RELATED SECTIONS • comply with 4.1.12; obstruct pedestrian travel or • are continuous on the inside create a hazard. 4.1.1 Space and Reach of switchback (U-shaped) or Requirements L-shaped ramps; Where ramps are greater than 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces • extend horizontally at least 300 2200 mm (86-5/8 in.) wide, one or 4.1.6 Doors mm (11-3/4 in.) beyond the top more intermediate handrails which 4.1.10 Curb Ramps and bottom of the ramp and are continuous between landings 4.1.12 Handrails return to the wall, floor, or post; must be provided and located so 4.4.7 Signage • measure between 865 mm (34 that there is 900 mm (35-1/2 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces in.) and 920 mm (36 in.) from in.) between at least one set of 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources the ramp surface to the top of handrails. 4.4.13 Lighting the handrail, except handrails 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes not meeting these requirements EXCEPTION: Where a ramp serves 4.4.15 Texture and Colour are permitted if installed as an aisleway for fixed seating, in addition of the required the requirement for ramp handrails handrail; does not apply.
Handrail returns Handrail returns Handrail returns to floor to wall to post 300 mm min 300 mm min 300 min mm (11-3/4 in.) (11-3/4 in.) (11-3/4 in.)
Figure 4.1.9.3 Horizontal Handrail Extensions
50 mm max 75 mm 50-75 mm (2 in.) min(3 in.) max (2-3 in.)
Figure 4.1.9.4 Edge Protection at Ramps
26 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.10 CURB RAMPS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE Snow accumulation at curb ramps these slopes, a running slope no should be removed completely after steeper than 1:12 (8%) may be In the interest of moving people each snow fall. used. The maximum cross slope safely and efficiently off a roadway, shall be no more than 1:50 (2%). the design of curb ramps is very APPLICATION important. The same issues related The minimum width of curb ramps, to the slopes of ramps apply equally Curb ramps complying with this exclusive of flared sides, shall be to slopes of curb ramps. A well- section shall be provided wherever 1500 mm (59 in.), except where designed curb ramp can be spoiled any path of travel crosses a curb. the Depressed Curb configuration by an uneven or gapped transition is used (Refer to Figure 4.1.10.2), between the road surface and curb DESIGN REQUIREMENTS where the minimum width at the ramp. Flared sides on the curb ramp top of the ramp may be reduced to eliminate the hazard of pedestrians Accessible curb ramps shall be on 1220 mm (48 in.). stepping off of an edge. While a an accessible route complying with smooth transition and minimal 4.1.4. Flared sides shall typically be 900 slope are ideal for someone in a mm (35-1/2 in.) as illustrated, wheelchair, they are a potential Accessible curb ramps shall align measured at the curb location, with hazard to an individual with vision with the safe pedestrian crossing a slope not more than 1:12 (8.3%) loss/no vision who may not notice route across the vehicle roadway. where pedestrians are likely to walk the transition from sidewalk to across them. street. Textured surfaces become The running slope shall be between an important safety feature in this 1:50 and 1:20 (2%-5%). In Curb ramp configuration shall be scenario. a retrofit situation where it is as illustrated in Figures 4.1.10.1 to technically infeasible to achieve 4.1.10.7.
Figure 4.1.10.1 Side wal k Standard Curb Ramp Side wal k
900 mm 610mm (24 in.) (35-1/2 in.) Typical 1500 mm min 150-200 mm gap (5-7/8 - 7-7/8 in.)
(59 in.) e n Curb Ramp a f ia 900 mm S r g p S e edest a (35-1/2 in.) p edestrossin t c fe Typical c ou rossin r rou r ia L=1000 mm min t g n e (39-3/8 in.) Detectable Note: If L<1000 use depressed curb warning surface
Full width sidewalk Full width sidewalk Sidewalk Detectable warning 1220 mm (48 in.) min surface clear distance 1220 mm (48 in.)
(24 in.) 900 mm 610 mm (35-1/2 in.) 150-200 mm gap Typical (5-7/8 - 7-7/8 in.) 3000 mm min (118 in.) S Depressed Curb afe pedestrian crossing route e pedestrian Saf crossing route
Figure 4.1.10.2 Alternate Curb Ramp
27 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.10 CURB RAMPS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Surfaces of curb ramps shall Depressed Curbs: (Continued) • be slip-resistant; and • incorporate a truncated dome Where a depressed curb is provided The maximum cross fall of gutters detectable warning surface on an exterior path of travel, the and road surfaces immediately • in compliance with 4.4.8; depressed curb shall adjacent to curb ramps shall be • be located at the bottom • have a maximum running slope 1:20 (5%). portion of the curb ramp; of 1:20 (5%); • 610 mm (24 in.) in depth, • be aligned with the direction of Curb ramps at pedestrian starting 150-200 (5-7/8 travel; and crosswalks shall be wholly contained to 7-7/8 in) back from the • where provided at a pedestrian within the area designated for edge of the curb; crossing, it shall incorporate pedestrian use. • extending the entire width a flat-topped domes or cones of the ramp; and detectable warning surface that • have a smooth transition • complies with section 4.4.8; from the ramp and adjacent • is located at the bottom surfaces. portionof the depressed curb that is flush with the Designated areas for snow piling roadway; to be provided at all curb ramps, • is set back 150 - 200 mm located away from pedestrian (5-7/8 - 7-7/8 in.) from the routes. curb edge; and • is a minimum of 610 mm (24 in.) in depth. Detectable warning surfaces RELATED SECTIONS
4.1.1 Space and Reach 610 mm Requirements (24 in.) 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes 150-200 mm n 1500 mm min e ia 4.4.15 Texture and Colour gap (59 in.) f r g S a e p edestrossin t c rou
Figure 4.1.10.3 Curb Ramp at Narrow Median Sidewalk Crossing
Detectable warning surface
610 mm 150-200 mm gap Median (5-7/8 - 7-7/8 in.) (24 in.) Boulevard Level Rest 1400 Area mm min (55 in.)
900 mm (35-1/2 in.) Typical
1500 mm min (59 in.) 900 mm Curb Rampfe n (35-1/2 in.) a ia Typical S e pedestossinr g cr rout Figure 4.1.10.4 Curb Ramp at Wide Median Sidewalk Crossing
28 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.10 CURB RAMPS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
Detectable Warning Surface 150-200 mm gap (5-7/8 - 7-7/8 in.)
1500 mm min Safe Pedestrian Modified Crossing Route Curb Ramp (59 in.) Barrier Curb 900 mm (35-1/2 in.)
610 mm (24 in.)
Commercialor Lane Approach Approach Figure 4.1.10.5 Curb Ramp at Commercial or Lane Approach (refer also to Ontario Provincial Standards for Roads & Public Works (OPSD))
Detectable 1220 mm min warning surface 5 mm R (3/16 in.) (48 in.) 6 -13 mm (1/4 to 1/2 in.)
610 mm (24 in.) 900 mm (35-1/2 in.) 150-200 mm gap NOTE: If the final course of asphalt paving is delayed, install 1500 mm min n (59 in.) e ia a temporary lift of asphalt at ramps or curb cuts to g Saf provide barrier free access. 900 mm edestr e (35-1/2 in.) p ossint cr rou Figure 4.1.10.7 Curb Ramp Transition at Pavement Figure 4.1.10.6 Curb Ramp at Mid-Block Crossing (refer also to Ontario Provin- cial Standards for Roads & Public Works (OPSD))
Colour and texture contrasting edge definition
Pedestrian Crossing
Minimize slope between roadway and crossing to accommodate lowered floor Tactile walking vehicles surface indicator
f o t h i d n g W s i o s Figure 4.1.10.8 c r 00 mm min. Raised Pedestrian Crossing 150 - 610 mm 1 5 200 mm min. (refer also to Ontario Provincial (6-8 in.) Standards for Roads & Public Works (24 in.) (OPSD)) 29 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.11 STAIRS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Nosings shall • project not more than 25 mm Stairs that are comfortable for A flight of stairs shall (1 in.); many adults may be challenging • have uniform riser heights (rise) • have no abrupt undersides; for children, seniors or persons and uniform tread depths (run); • have a curved or bevelled of short stature. Poorly designed • have a rise not more than 180 leading tread edge of between nosings can present tripping mm (7 in.) and not less than 6 mm (1/4 in.) and 10 mm (3/8 hazards, particularly to persons with 125 mm (4-7/8 in.) high; in.); prosthetic devices or those using • have a run not more than • where projecting, be sloped canes. Cues to warn a person with 355 mm (14 in.) and not less to the riser at an angle not vision loss/no vision of an upcoming than 280 mm (11 in.) deep, less than 60 degrees to the set of stairs are vitally important. measured from riser to riser; horizontal; • incorporate detectable warning • be illuminated to a level of at The appropriate application surfaces in compliance with least 100 lux (9.2 ft-candles); of handrails will aid all users 4.4.8.; • have a slip-resistant finish; and navigating stairways. • have tread surfaces that are • have the horizontal surface of slip-resistant; and the stair nosing in APPLICATION • have no open risers. colour contrast with the remainder of the tread. Interior and exterior stairs shall comply with this section. In a Stairs shall incorporate detectable retrofit situation warning surfaces in compliance with • stairs need not comply if with 4.4.8. they connect levels that are accessible by an elevator, ramp or other accessible means of vertical access; and • dimensional changes to steps and landings are not required however all other design requirements must be met.
Horizontal Extension 300 mm min 300 mm min (11-3/4 in.) (11-3/4 in.) Depth of one stair tread
Continuous Detectable Warning handrail Surface (34-36 in.)
Colour contrasting vertical & horizontal 865-920 mm edges of stair nosing
Depth of one stair tread Figure 4.1.11.1 300 mm min Stair Design Criteria (11-3/4 in.) Horizontal Extension
30 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.11 STAIRS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
Handrails for stairs shall Stairs and landings forming part of RELATED SECTIONS • comply with 4.1.12; a stair shall be protected by a wall • be installed on both sides; or guard on both sides. 4.1.1 Space and Reach • be of uniform height, ranging Requirements between 865 mm (34 in.) and Where a guard is provided, it shall 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces 920 mm (36 in.) above the stair • comply with the requirements of 4.1.6 Doors nosing; the Ontario Building Code; 4.1.12 Handrails • have a continuous inside • have a minimum height of 900 4.4.7 Signage handrail on switchback stairs; mm (35-1/2 in.) measured 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces and vertically to the top of the guard 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources • extend at the bottom of the from a line drawn through the 4.4.13 Lighting stairs for a distance of one tread outside edge of stair nosings; 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes depth beyond the first riser, and 4.4.15 Texture and Colour then horizontally not less than • have a minimum height of 300 mm (11-3/4 in.), at a 1070 mm (42-1/8 in.) around height ranging between 865 mm landings. (34 in.) and 920 mm (36 in.) above the floor; Where stairs are greater than 2200 • extend horizontally at the top of mm (86-5/8 in.) wide, one or more the stairs not less than 300 mm intermediate handrails which are (11-3/4 in.), at a height ranging continuous between landings must between 865 mm (34 in.) and be provided and located so that 920 mm (36 in.) above the they are no more than 1650 mm floor; and (65 in.) apart and there is 900 mm • return to the wall, or post in a (35-1/2 in.) between at least one manner that will not obstruct set of handrails. pedestrian travel or create a hazard. Designated areas for snow piling to be provided at exterior stairs, located away from pedestrian routes.
Uniform Run 280-355 mm Nosing 25 mm max (11-14 in.) (1 in.) Uniform Rise Not less Radius 6 - 125-180 mm than 60 10 mm (4-7/8 to 7 in.) Colour contrasting (1/4 - vertical & horizontal 3/8 in.) edges of stair nosing
Figure 4.1.11.3 Figure 4.1.11.2 Raked Riser Stair Tread Criteria
31 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.12 HANDRAILS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • terminate to a wall, floor, post or other manner that will not In the design of handrails, Handrails shall obstruct pedestrian travel or consideration must be given to • be mounted 865 - 920 mm create a hazard. the range of hands that will grasp (34-36 in.) high, measured them. A handrail profile should be vertically from a line drawn A recess containing a handrail shall graspable for an adult hand as well through the outer edges of the extend at least 450 mm (17-3/4 in.) as a child or a person with arthritis. stair nosings or from the surface above the top of the rail. The same is true for the heights of of a ramp, except handrails not handrails. meeting these requirements are Handrails and their supports shall permitted if installed in addition be designed and constructed Extensions of the handrails at the to the required handrail; to withstand the loading values top and bottom of stairs, along • have a circular section 30-40 obtained from the nonconcurring with the use of a contrasting colour, mm (1-3/16 in. – 1-9/16 in.) application of provide important cues for a person in diameter or any non-circular • a concentrated load of not less with vision loss/no vision, and shape, with a graspable portion than 0.9 kN (200 lb.) applied at provide a support to ensure a safe that has a perimeter not less any point and in any direction; and stable gait before ascending or than 100 mm (4 in.) and not and descending the stairs. A continuous more than 125 mm (5 in.) • a uniform load of not less than handrail with no interruptions whose largest cross-sectional 0.7 kN/m (47 lb./ft.) applied in ensures that a handhold will not be dimension is not more than 45 any direction to the handrail. broken. mm (1-3/4 in.); • be free of any sharp or abrasive Handrails shall incorporate a The clear space between the wall elements; pronounced colour contrast, and handrail is also essential, as • have continuous gripping to differentiate them from the it must provide a clear area for surfaces, without interruption by surrounding environment. the hand and knuckles but must newel posts, other construction not offer enough space into which elements, or obstructions that RELATED SECTIONS an arm may slip during a fall or can break a handhold; stumble on the stairs. • have a clear space between the 4.1.1 Space and Reach handrail and the wall or guard Requirements APPLICATION of 4.1.9 Ramps • at least 50 mm (2 in.); or 4.1.11 Stairs Handrails shall comply with this • at least 60 mm (2-3/8 in.) 4.4.15 Texture and Colour section. where the wall has a rough surface; • extend parallel to the floor or ground surface a minimum distance of 300 mm (11-3/4 in.) beyond the beginning or end of a stair or ramp section; and Smooth wall finish
Rough wall finish 50 mm (2 in.) min for smooth wall surfaces
450 mm min (17 3/4 in.) 30-40 mm (1-3/16 to 60 mm min 1-9/16 in.) (2-3/8 in.) for rough wall surfaces (34 to 36 in.) (34 to 865-920 mm
30-40 mm 60 mm min 30-40 mm 50 mm min (1-3/16 to1-9/16 in.) (2-3/8 in.) (1-3/16 to 1-9/16 in.) (2 in.)
Figure 4.1.12.1 Figure 4.1.12.2 Figure 4.1.12.3 Handrail Handrail at Rough Wall Handrail in Recess
32 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.13 ESCALATORS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS Boarding and stepping off of an escalator can be challenging for Escalator installations shall include 4.1.1 Space and Reach many persons who could have high definition (colour contrast) of Requirements difficulty with the timing or agility. tread edges and nosing. 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces In addition, any lack of contrast 4.4.7 Signage on the edge of steps makes it Detectable warning surfaces in 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces difficult to determine the position compliance with 4.4.8 shall be 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources of the steps or judge their speed. provided at the head and foot of the 4.4.13 Lighting Detectable warning surfaces escalator. 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes extending in front of the escalator 4.4.15 Texture and Colour provide warning to any pedestrian, The surface of escalator treads shall especially someone with vision loss/ be in a matte finish, to minimize no vision. Contrasting colour strips reflected glare. on stair edges are also necessary. Lighting over escalators shall APPLICATION be a minimum of 200 lux (18.4 ft-candles), evenly distributed, from Escalators shall comply with this a low-glare light source. section.
Where escalators are provided, an alternate accessible route shall also be provided in the same vicinity as the escalator.
In a building in which an escalator or inclined moving walkway provides access to any floor level above or below the entrance floor level, an interior barrier-free path of travel shall be provided to that floor level.
The route from the escalator or inclined moving walkway to the barrier-free path of travel shall be clearly indicated by appropriate signs.
In a building in which a moving walkway provides access between areas on the same floor level, a barrier-free path of travel shall be provided between the areas served by the walkway.
33 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.14 ELEVATORS
RATIONALE
The buttons used on elevators need to address a range of functional issues, including reach, dexterity and vision loss/no vision, as discussed in 4.4.2 and 4.4.15. More specific to elevators is the need to provide audible cues for individuals with vision loss/no vision to identify different floor levels, as well as the direction of travel. These are, in fact, of benefit to anyone who uses the elevator. Adequate door-closing 950 mm delays provide individuals using min mobility devices additional time to (37-1/2 in.) reach, enter or exit the elevator car. The installation of a mirror can assist individuals using mobility devices to back out of an elevator min *1725 mm min where there is not sufficient space *1525 mm (60) (68 in.) to turn around.
APPLICATION Figure 4.1.14.1 Elevator Cab One passenger elevator complying * In high-use public facilities, increase minimum with this section shall serve each dimensions to 2030 x 1525 mm (80 x 60 in.) with a level, including mezzanines, in clear door opening width of at least 1065 mm (42 in.) all multi-storey facilities, unless exempted below. If more than one elevator is provided, each passenger elevator shall comply with this section. 7 8 Freight elevators shall not be 16 mm min (5/8 in.) 5 6 required to meet the requirements of this section, unless the only 4 19 mm elevators provided are used as 3 min (3/4 in.) combination passenger and freight elevators for use by the public and 1 2 employees.
Elevator access is not required: (47 in.) 0 mm max
• in elevator pits, elevator 0 2 penthouses, mechanical rooms, 1 piping or equipment catwalks; • when accessible ramps in compliance with 4.1.9 are used in lieu of an elevator; • to levels of fire halls and ambulance stations not served by grade-level entry, which do not contain public use facilities;
Handrail ) 6
and 3
o in.) t
5 • when platform lifts (wheelchair 20 mm 2 3 9 mm min / (
1 - 0 - lifts) in compliance with 4.1.15 9 1 0 3 8 0 and applicable Provincial Codes ( 8 are used in lieu of an elevator, only under the following conditions: • to provide an accessible Figure 4.1.14.2 route to a performing area Control Panel in an assembly occupancy; 34 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.14 ELEVATORS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
• to comply with wheelchair The clear width for elevator doors complexes, the distance between viewing position line- shall be minimum 950 mm (37-1/2 walls or between wall and door of-sight and dispersion in.). In a retrofit situation where it shall be 2030 x 1525 mm (80 in. requirements of 4.3.2; is technically infeasible to provide a x 60 in.). Exception: In a retrofit • to provide access to clear width of 950 mm (37-1/2 in.), situation where it is technically incidental occupied spaces the clear elevator door width may infeasible to install an appropriately and rooms that are not be reduced to 900 mm (35-1/2 in.). sized elevator, a LU/LA (Limited open to the general public In high-use public facilities, the door Use/Limited Application) elevating and which house no clear opening width should be not device with a platform length of more than five persons, less than 1065 mm (42 in.). at least 1525 mm (60 in.), may including, but not limited to, be used. For City of Mississauga equipment control rooms Doors shall be provided with a door facilities, on a go forward basis, and projection booths; and re-opening device that will function LU/LA's shall not be installed • to provide access to to stop and reopen the car door in new buildings or major raised judges’ benches, and an adjacent hoist way door to renovations. Instead, an elevator is clerks’ stations, speakers’ minimum 950 mm (37-1/2 in.), in recommended. platforms, jury boxes the event the car door is obstructed and witness stands or to while closing. This re-opening Car controls shall be readily depressed areas, such as device shall also be capable of accessible from a wheelchair upon the well of a court. sensing an object or person in the entering an elevator. path of a closing door at a nominal DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 125 ± 25 mm (5 ± 1 in.) and 735 Floor register buttons in elevator ± 25 mm (29 ± 1 in.) above the cabs shall Accessible elevators shall be on an floor without requiring contact for • be a minimum 19 mm (3/4 in.) accessible route in compliance with activation. in size and may be raised, flush 4.1.4. or recessed. The depth of flush Elevator doors should remain fully or recessed buttons when they Accessible elevators shall be open for minimum 8 seconds. This are being operated shall not identified bysignage incompliance time may be reduced by operation exceed 10 mm (3/8 in.); and with applicable provisions of 4.4.7. of the door-close button. • be provided with visual and momentary audible indicators Elevators shall be automatic and be The minimum distance between to show when each call is provided with a two-way automatic- the walls or between wall and door, registered. The visual indicators levelling device to maintain the floor excluding return panels, shall not be shall be extinguished when each level to ± 13 mm (1/2 in.). less than 1725 x 1525 mm call is answered. (68 in. x 60 in.). In facilities Power-operated horizontally sliding with high public use, such as All car control buttons shall be car and landing doors opened and arenas, libraries or entertainment designated by Grade 2 Braille closed by automatic means shall be characters and by raised standard provided. alphabet characters for letters, Arabic characters for numbers, and standard symbols. Markings shall be a minimum of 16 mm (5/8 in.) high Raised 0.75mm and raised a minimum of 0.75 mm (1/32 in.), placed immediately to (1/32 in.) the left of the buttons to which they apply. 50 mm min (2 in.) Exception: Where the call buttons are mechanical, the raised markings may be on the buttons.
(72 in.) Emergency car controls and door- 1830 mm min
(58-60 in.) operating buttons shall be grouped together at the bottom of the 1475-1525 mm (35 - 37 in.) control panel. The centre line of the 895 - 945 mm alarm button and the emergency Figure 4.1.14.3 stop switch shall be not less than Elevator Entry 890 mm (35 in.) above the floor. The centre line of the highest floor button shall be no higher than 1200 *950 mm min * In high-use public facilities, mm (47 in.) above the floor. Other (37-1/2 in.) door clear width should be controls may be located where it is not less than 1065 mm (42 in.) convenient. 35 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.14 ELEVATORS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS As the car stops at a floor, the floor Mirrors shall not be used below a (Continued) and direction of travel shall be height of 2000 mm (78-3/4 in.) announced using voice-annunciation within elevator cabs as a finish An indicator shall be provided in technology. material on the wall opposite the the car to show the position of the door. car in the hoist way, by illuminating Elevators shall be linked by an the indicator corresponding to the emergency call system to a Where the dimension of elevator landing at which the car is stopped monitored location within the cabs is less than 1500 mm (59 in.) or passing. Indication characters facility with two-way communication in any direction, an angled mirror shall be on a contrasting colour ability. The highest operable portion shall be provided above a height of background and a minimum of 16 of the 2-way communication 2000 mm (78-3/4 in.) on the wall mm (5/8 in.) high. system shall be a maximum of opposite the door, to assist persons 1200 mm (47 in.) above the floor who use wheelchairs to back out. Floors of elevator cabs shall have of the car. It shall be identified a firm and slip-resistant surface by a raised symbol and lettering Floor finishes within elevator cabs that permits easy movement of located adjacent to the device. The shall comply with 4.1.2. wheelchairs or scooters. symbol shall be a minimum of 38 mm (1-1/2 in.) high and raised a Where an elevator serves only two Handrails shall be provided on all minimum of 0.75 mm (1/32 in.). floors, it shall be programmed to non-access walls at a height of 800 Permanently attached plates are move automatically, without the to 920 mm (31-1/2 to 36 in.) with acceptable. If the system uses a need to activate in-car control a space of 40 to 45 mm (1-9/16 handset, then the length of the buttons. to 1-3/4 in.) between the rails and cord from the panel to the handset wall. shall be minimum 735 mm (29 Elevator doors shall incorporate in.). Additionally, the handset pronounced colour contrast, The illumination at the car controls shall be equipped with a receiver to differentiate them from the and landing sill shall be not less that generates a magnetic field in surrounding environment. than 100 lux (10 ft-candles). the area of the receiver cap, and the handset shall have a volume There shall be a pronounced colour The centre line of hall call buttons control and shall comply with CSA contrast between the car sill and the shall be 920 ± 25 mm (36 ± 1 in.) Standard T515. If the system is facility floor. above the floor. Buttons shall be a located in a closed compartment, minimum of 20 mm (13/16 in.) in the compartment door and RELATED SECTIONS size, mounted one above the other. hardware shall conform to 4.4.2. The emergency intercommunication 4.1.1 Space and Reach Hall visual indication shall be system shall not require voice Requirements provided to show each call that is communication. 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces registered and that is extinguished 4.1.6 Doors when the call is answered. Lighting in elevator cabs shall be 4.1.12 Handrails minimum 100 lux (9.2 ft-candles), 4.1.15 Platform Lifts Hall or in-car lanterns shall be measured at the floor level and 4.4.2 Controls and Operating provided. The centre line of the at the same lighting level as the Mechanisms fixture shall be a minimum of 1830 adjacent lobby space. 4.4.7 Signage mm (72 in.) above the floor. An 4.4.9 Public Address Systems audible signal shall be provided 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and when the elevator stops at the Security Systems landing. Visual elements shall be a 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources minimum of 60 mm (2-3/8 in.) in 4.4.13 Lighting the smallest direction. 7 8 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes 4.4.15 Texture and Colour All elevator hoist way entrances 5 6 shall have raised Arabic numerals Main entry floor and Braille floor designations 3 4 provided on both jambs. The characters shall be a minimum of 1 2 50 mm high (2 in.) and raised at least 0.75 mm (1/32 in.) and shall Door open be placed on both sides of the door Door close jambs, with the centreline at 1500 Emergency alarm ± 25 mm (59 ± 1 in.) from the Emergency stop floor. (octagon symbol to be tactual, but the X is not) Figure 4.1.14.4 Tactile Symbols 36 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.1.15 PLATFORM LIFTS 4.1 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS system uses a handset, then the length of the cord from the panel Platform lifts are typical in retrofit Accessible platform lifts shall to the handset shall be at least applications. Elevators that are used • be on an accessible route 735 mm (29 in.). If the system is by all facility users are preferred complying with 4.1.4; located in a closed compartment, to platform lifts which tend to • be identified withsignage the compartment door and segregate persons with disabilities complying with applicable hardware shall conform to 4.4.2. and limit space at entrance and provisions of 4.4.7; stair locations. Furthermore, • comply with CSA standard CAN/ Floor finishes within platform lifts independent access is often CSA B355 (latest edition); and shall comply with 4.1.2 and 4.4.14. compromised, as platform lifts are • facilitate unassisted entry, often controlled by key operation. operation, and exit from the lift. RELATED SECTIONS Whenever possible, grading or integrated elevator access should The platform size shall be no less 4.1.1 Space and Reach be incorporated to avoid the use of than 890 x 1525 mm (35 x 60 in.). Requirements lifts. 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces The platform shall incorprate safety 4.1.6 Doors If there are no suitable alternatives, wheel-guards along all exposed 4.1.12 Handrails lifts must be selected to permit edges. 4.1.14 Elevators the spatial requirement of larger 4.4.2 Controls and Operating mobility devices such as scooters. The doors to the platform lift shall Mechanisms comply with 4.1.6. 4.4.7 Signage APPLICATION 4.4.9 Public Address Systems Controls and operating mechanisms 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and Accessible platform lifts shall shall comply with 4.4.2. Security Systems comply with this section. 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources Platform lifts shall be linked 4.4.13 Lighting Platform lifts may only be used in by an emergency call system 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes lieu of an elevator or ramp where to a monitored location within 4.4.15 Texture and Colour allowable under 4.1.14. the facility, with two-way Exception: Where it is technically communication ability. The highest infeasible to install an elevator, LU/ operable portion of the two-way LA (Limited Use/Limited Application) communication system shall be a elevating device, or other maximum of 1200 mm (47 in.) from accessible means of change of level. the floor of the platform. If the
Non-slip Platform
Retractable Ramp
Concrete Pad
Figure 4.1.15.1 Figure 4.1.15.2 Vertical Platform Lift Inclined Platform Stair-Lift
37 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.1 TOILET FACILITIES
RATIONALE APPLICATION If individual washrooms are not visible from the common or public As an integral feature of a facility, Where toilet facilities are provided, use washrooms, directional signage washroom facilities should each public or common use toilet in compliance with 4.4.7 shall be accommodate the range of people facility shall comply with this provided. that will use the space. Although section. Other toilet rooms provided many persons with disabilities use for the use of occupants of specific For public buildings, washrooms toilet facilities independently, some spaces (i.e. a private toilet room that open onto after hours may require assistance. Where for the occupant of a private office) public outdoor or indoor space is the individual providing assistance shall be adaptable. beneficial. is of the opposite gender then typical gender-specific washrooms In a retrofit situation where it Where bathing facilities are are awkward and an individual is technically infeasible to make provided on a site, in conjunction washroom is preferred. existing public or common use toilet with or in addition to toilet facilities, facilities accessible, the installation each such public or common use Parents and caregivers with small of at least one universal washroom bathing facility shall comply with children and strollers may also per floor and in compliance with this section in addition to 4.2.8, benefit from a large, individual 4.2.7, located in the same area as 4.2.9, and other applicable sections washroom with toilet and change existing toilet facilities, will be of this standard. facilities contained within the same permitted in lieu of modifying space. existing toilet facilities to be For single-user portable toilet units accessible. clustered at a single location, a Circumstances such as wet surfaces minimum of 5% but no less than and the act of transferring between In addition to any accessible public one toilet unit in compliance with toilet and wheelchair or scooter can or common use toilets, at least one this section shall be provided make toilet facilities accident-prone universal washroom in compliance at clusters wherever typical areas. An individual falling in a with 4.2.7 shall be provided in all inaccessible units are provided. washroom with a door that swings public buildings and on every floor (Exception: Portable toilet units at inward could prevent his or her own level in assembly areas where the construction sites used exclusively rescuers from opening the door. floor incorporatescommon or public by construction personnel are Due to the risk of accidents, design use washroom facilities containing not required to comply with this decisions such as door swings four or more toilet and/or urinal section.) and material finishes have safety fixtures. implications and therefore make Where a universal washroom is toilet facilities a prime location The minimum number of universal provided primarily for the use for emergency call switches. The washrooms per building shall be as of persons of both genders with appropriate design of all features shown on Table 4.2.1. physical disabilities, in lieu of will increase the usability and safety facilities for persons with physical of all toilet facilities. The minimum number of accessible disabilities in washrooms used by toilet stalls within washrooms shall the general public, the individual The identification of washrooms comply with 4.2.2. washroom shall be provided on the involves design issues that must be same floor level within 45 m considered. For children or someone (147 ft. 8 in.) of the washrooms who cannot read text, a symbol or used by the general public. pictogram is preferred. A person with vision loss/no vision would also benefit from accessiblesignage . Number of storeys Minimum number of Features such as colour-contrasting in Building Universal Washrooms door frames and door hardware will per Building also increase accessibility. 1 to 3 1 4 to 6 2 Over 6 3, plus 1 for each additional increment of 3 storeys in excess of 6 storeys
Table 4.2.1 Minimum number of Universal Washrooms per building
38 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.1 TOILET FACILITIES 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS All entrance doors to accessible RELATED SECTIONS toilet rooms shall Accessible toilet facilities shall • comply with 4.1.6; 4.1.1 Space and Reach • be on an accessible route • not swing into the clear floor Requirements complying with 4.1.4; space required for any fixture; 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces • be identified withsignage • have a minimum 1700 mm 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead complying with applicable (67 in.) clearance between the Objects provisions of 4.4.7; inside face of an in-swinging 4.1.6 Doors • incorporate a clear floor entrance door and the outside 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls space to allow a person in a face of an adjacent toilet stall. 4.2.3 Toilets wheelchair to make a 180- 4.2.4 Lavatories degree turn; and Accessible fixtures and controls 4.2.5 Urinals • incorporate even illumination within toilet and bathing rooms shall 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories throughout of at least 200 lux • be on an accessible route 4.2.7 Universal Washrooms (20 ft-candles). complying with 4.1.4. 4.2.8 Bathtubs • have a minimum clearance of 4.2.9 Showers 1400 mm (55 in.) between the 4.2.10 Grab Bars outside face of the accessible 4.4.2 Controls and Operating stall and any wall-mounted Mechanisms fixture or obstruction, with a 4.4.7 Signage preferred clearance of 1525 mm 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources (60 in.). 4.4.13 Lighting 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes 4.4.15 Texture and Colour Knee space in compliance with 4.2.4. is preferred at all sinks to allow side approach by a person using a scooter. Turning space required See figures 4.1.1.1 or 4.1.1.2 (180-Degree Turn shown) 460 mm min *Door Operator (18 in.) Control (where required)
*600 mm min (23-5/8 in.) (18-7/8 in.) 480 mm max 920 mm min (36 in.) Clear space * Refer to Section 4.1.6 (54 in.) 1600 mm min * Doors for required latch 1370 mm min side clearances and power (67)
(63 in.)
operator requirements 1700 min Clear space (54 in.) 1400 mm min (1525 mm preferred) (55 in. (60 in. preferred)) preferred)) (60 in. (55 in. 1370 mm min 1500 mm (59 in.) diameter (Where door) in-swinging entrance 900 mm min clear turning space
460- (35-1/2 in.) 480 mm Clear opening Clear transfer (18-1/8 to space 18-7/8 in.) (60 in.) (72 in.) Flush valve on
1830 mm min
1525 mm min transfer side or (59 in.)
automatically 1500 mm min controlled
920 mm min (36 in.) 1830 mm min 920 mm min 920 mm min (72 in.) (36 in.) (36 in.) Figure 4.2.1.1 Washroom Dimensions Refer to Section 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls for accessible toilet stall requirements. 39 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.2 TOILET STALLS
RATIONALE All other toilet stalls within a facility At least one toilet stall within each (i.e., those considered to be non- non-accessible washroom shall be Manoeuvrability of a wheelchair or accessible) shall be minimum designated as an ambulatory toilet scooter is the principal consideration 920 mm (36 in.) wide by 1525 mm stall and shall comply with the in the design of an accessible stall. (60 in.) long, and shall incorporate ambulatory stall requirements of The increased size of the stall is door-locking mechanisms in this section. required to ensure there is sufficient compliance with this section. space to facilitate proper placement of a wheelchair or scooter to accommodate transfer onto the toilet fixture. Not only isspace Figure 4.2.2.1 required for mobility equipment, Accessible Toilet Stall there may also be instances where an individual requires assistance and the stall will have to accommodate a second person.
Door swings are normally outward for safety reasons and space considerations, but this makes it difficult to close the door once inside. A handle mounted part way along the door makes it easier for 50 mm (2 in.) someone to close the door behind collapsible coat hook them. 1200 mm (47 in.) max above the floor Minimum requirements for non- 1500 mm (59 in.) diameter clear turn circle accessible toilet stalls are included 200-300 mm 460 - to ensure that persons who do (7-7/8 to 480 mm * Door Pull 140 mm 11-3/4 in.) (18-1/8 to18-7/8 in.) not use wheelchairs or scooters (5-1/2 in.) min. can be adequately accommodated within any toilet stall. Universal * Sliding latch features include accessible * Door Pull 140 mm hardware and a minimum stall (5-1/2 in.) min. width to accommodate persons of on both sides large stature or parents with small of door children. 900 mm min 1830 mm min * clear(35-1/2 opening in.) (72 in.) APPLICATION 1830 mm min *
(72 in.) Accessible toilet stalls shall comply * mounting height for door with this section. hardware is to be between 900 and 1100 mm (35-1/2 - 43-1/4 in.) above the floor. Where toilet stalls are provided in a toilet or bathing facility, then the number of accessible toilet stalls designated to accommodate persons with disabilities shall comply with Table 4.2.2. # of toilet stalls within Required # of accessible the washroom toilet stalls 1 - 5 1 5 - 16 2 17 - 20 3 21 - 30 4 over 30 5 plus 1 for each additional increent of 10
Table 4.2.2 Number of Accessible Toilet Stalls 40 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.2 TOILET STALLS 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Accessible toilet stall doors shall Designated ambulatory toilet stalls • provide a clear opening of at shall Accessible toilet stalls shall least 900 mm (35-1/2 in.) with • be at least 1500 mm (59 in.) • be on an accessible route in the door in the open position. deep and 920 - 940 mm (36 - compliance with 4.1.4. In a retrofit situation where it's 37 in.) wide; • have internal dimensions at technically infeasible to provide • have the toilet fixture centred least 1830 x 1830 mm the required clear opening, the between the partition walls; (72 x 72 in.); clear opening may be reduced • have a door that provides a • have a clear turning space to 860 mm (33-3/4 in.); clear opening width of at least within the stall of at least • swing outward, unless additional 810 mm (32 in.), which swings 1500 mm (59 in.) in diameter; clear floor space of at least out unless the minimum stall • have a toilet fixture in 920 mm x 1500 mm (36 in. x dimensions are not located compliance with 4.2.3; 59 in.) is provided within the within the door swing; • be equipped with a collapsible stall and does not interfere with • be equipped with gravity coat hook mounted not more the arc of the door swing; hinges; than 1200 mm (47 in.) above • be aligned with the clear • have latch-side pulls in the floor on a side wall and transfer space adjacent to the compliance with this section; projecting not more than toilet fixture; and 50 mm (2 in.) from the wall; • be equipped with gravity • be equipped with L-shaped grab and hinges so that the door closes bars on both sides of the toilet • have a minimum 920 mm automatically; in compliance with 4.2.3 and (36 in.) x 1500 mm (59 in.) • be provided with a “D”-type 4.2.10. clear transfer space on one side contrasting-coloured door pull, of the toilet fixture. at least 140 mm (5-1/2 in.) Toilet stall partitions and doors long, on the inside of an out- shall be colour-contrasted with the Where more than one accessible swinging door, located so that surrounding environment. toilet stall is provided within a toilet the centre line is between 200 or bathing facility, the stalls shall be and 300 mm (7-7/8 in. and Where an airport style (door- configured with theclear transfer 11-3/4 in.) from the hinged side free) washroom entry is used, the space (i.e., the open space beside of the door mounted between set back wall shall be painted a the toilet) on opposite sides of the 750 - 850 mm (29-1/2 - contrasting colour for easier depth toilet fixtures. 33 in.); and perception and entry wayfinding. • be provided with a “D”-type Every toilet stall door shall contrasting-coloured door pull Toilets, flush controls and other • be capable of being locked from at least 140 mm (5-1/2 in.) elements shall be designed to meet the inside; long, on both sides of the door, the requirements of 4.2.3. • incorporate hardware that located near the latchmounted is capable of being released between 750 - 850 mm (29-1/2 RELATED SECTIONS from the outside in case of an - 33 in.); emergency; 4.1.1 Space and Reach • incorporate door hardware that Requirements is: 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead • is operable with one hand, Clear Objects using a closed fist; min 1500 mm opening* 4.1.6 Doors • does not require fine finger (59 in.) 900 mm 4.2.3 Toilets control, tight grasping, turn circle min 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories pinching, or twisting of the clear of all (35-1/2 in.) 4.2.10 Grab Bars wrist; fixtures 4.4.2 Controls and Operating • requires a force of not Mechanisms more than 22 N (4.9 lb.) to 4.4.13 Lighting activate (e.g., sliding bolt or 4.4.15 Texture and Colour lever); and • mounted between 900 mm 460-480 (35-1/2 in.) and 1100 mm (18-1/8 Clear Space (43-1/4 in.) above the floor. to 18-7/8) (combined with transfer space) in.)
mm min * In a retrofit situation 9 0 5 0 (
opening may be
5 Figure 4.2.2.2 920 mm min 1 reduced to 860 mm Accessible Toilet Stall with (36 in.) (33-3/4 in.) In-Swinging Door
41 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.3 TOILETS
RATIONALE The clear transfer space shall Where an accessible toilet is be clear of obstructions (such located adjacent to a wall it shall be Automatic flush controls are as garbage bins or baby change equipped with grab bars that preferred. If flushing mechanisms tables). Exception: Sanitary napkin • comply with 4.2.10; are not automated, then disposal units may be installed • are L-shaped with 760 mm consideration must be given to the within the transfer space provided (30 in.) long horizontal and ver- ability to reach a switch and the they are recessed or protrude not tical components mounted with hand strength or dexterity required more than 100 mm the horizontal component to operate it. Lever style handles (4 in.) into this space. 750 mm (29-1/2 in.) above the on the transfer side of the toilet floor and the vertical component facilitate these considerations. Toilet flush controls shall be 150 mm (5-7/8 in.) in front of • hand operated by use of a the toilet bowl; and Appropriate placement of grab closed fist with a force of not • be at least 600 mm (24 in.) in bars makes sitting and standing or more than 22N; and length, mounted horizontally on transfers between the toilet and a • located on the transfer side of the wall behind the toilet, from mobility device safer. the toilet; or 840 mm (33 in.) to 920 mm • be electronically automatically (36 in.) above the floor, and, APPLICATION controlled where the water closet has a water tank, be mounted mini- Accessible toilets shall comply with Hand-operated flush controls shall mum 150 mm (5-7/8 in.) above this section. Wall-mounted toilets comply with 4.4.2. the tank. are preferred except where weight requirements dictate otherwise.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Toilet fixtures shall have • the top of the seat 460 mm (18 in.) above the floor; • no spring-activated seat; • a back support where there is no seat lid or tank; and • the tank top securely attached.
Toilets shall be located between
460 and 480 mm (18 to 18-7/8 in.) in.) Grab Bar 8 mm min away from the adjacent wall mea- / 0 7 n 30 in.) - i (
6 Grab Bar 5
sured from the centre line of the ( 7 m
toilet to the surface of the wall. 760 mm min (2-3/8in) 60 mm min 0
5 (30 in.) clearance to grab bar 1
A clear transfer space, minimum 920 mm (36 in.) wide and 1500 mm (59 in.) deep from the Toilet-paper
edge of the water closet designed 0 mm in.)
2 dispenser 6 9
to permit a wheelchair or scooter 3 - - 3 to back into a clear space beside 0 3 4 ( 8 in.)
a toilet fixture, shall be provided 2 in.) / 0 mm 8
on one or both sides of the toilet 1 / 5 - 5 9 7 -
fixture in allaccessible toilet stalls (5-7/8 in.)
2 150 mm 3 ( 2
(see 4.2.2.) and in universal ( 0 mm 18 in.) 00 mm min
washrooms (see 4.2.7.). ( 300 mm max 6 6
(11-3/4 in.) 4
Figure 4.2.3.1 Grab Bar Configuration
42 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.3 TOILETS 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
Note: An optional drop-down grab Where an accessible toilet stall is RELATED SECTIONS bar in compliance with this section not located adjacent to a wall it may be provided on the transfer shall be equipped with drop-down 4.1.1 Space and Reach side of the toilet. grab bars on each side that Requirements • comply with 4.2.10; 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls Where provided, a drop-down grab • are at least 760 mm (30 in.) 4.2.10 Grab Bars bar shall: long; 4.4.2 Controls and Operating • be mounted on the wall behind • are mounted on the wall behind Mechanisms the water closet the toilet with the horizontal 4.4.13 Lighting • with the horizontal compo- component 750 mm 4.4.15 Texture and Colour nent 750 mm (29-1/2 in.) (29-1/2 in.) above the finished above the finished floor; floor and 390 - 410 mm (15-3/8 and - 16-1/8 in.) from the centre • not less than 390 mm (15- line of the toilet; and 3/8 in.) and not more than • one grab bar will have the toilet 410 mm (16-1/8 in.) from paper dispenser attached. the centre line of the water closet; Designated ambulatory toilet stalls • not require a force of more than shall have L-shaped grab bars on 22.2 N to pull it down; both sides in compliance with this • be at least 760 mm (30 in.) in section. length; • be installed to resist a load of at Toilet-paper dispensers shall be least 1.3 kN applied vertically or • wall mounted; horizontally; • located below the grab bar; • be not less than 35 mm • in line with or not more than (1-3/8 in.) and not more than 300 mm (11-3/4 in.) in front of 40 mm (1-1/2 in.) in diameter; the toilet seat; and • not less than 600 mm • have a slip-resistant surface. (23-5/8 in.) above the floor; and • contrasting in colour to the wall.
Note: Single large roll dispensers are preferred, as it can be difficult to reach the outside roll of conventional double roll dispensers.
43 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.4 LAVATORIES
RATIONALE APPLICATION DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The accessibility of lavatories will be All lavatories shall comply with this Lavatories shall greatly influenced by their operating section. In a retrofit situation where • be on an accessible route mechanisms. While faucets with it is technically infeasible to have all complying with 4.1.4; remote-eye technology may initially lavatories comply with this section, • be mounted so that the confuse some individuals, their at least one lavatory in each minimum distance between the ease of use is notable. Individuals accessible washroom shall comply. centre line of the fixture and the with hand strength or dexterity side wall is 460 mm difficulties can use lever-style (18-1/8 in.); handles. For an individual in a • have the top located between wheelchair, a lower counter height 820 mm (32-1/4 in.) and and clearance for knees under 840 mm (33 in.) above the the counter would be required. floor; This lower counter may also serve • have a knee space of at least children. The insulating of hot • 920 mm (36 in.) wide; water pipes protects the legs of an • 735 mm (29 in.) high at the individual using a wheelchair. This front edge; is particularly important when a • 685 mm high (27 in.) at a disability impairs sensation such point 205 mm (8-1/8 in.) that the individual would not sense back from the front edge; that their legs were being burned. and The combination of shallow sinks • 350 mm (14 in.) high over and higher water pressures can the distance from a point cause unacceptable splashing at 300 mm (11-3/4 in.) from lavatories. the front the lavatory to the wall; • have a minimum clear floor space 760 mm wide (30 in.) and 1370 mm (54 in.) deep, of which a maximum of 480 mm (18-7/8 in.) in depth may be under the lavatory; • have hot water and drain pipes insulated if they abut the clearances noted above, limit the water temperature to a maximum of 43 degrees Celsius (100 degrees F), or use offset drain pipes so they do not enter into the kneespace below the lavatory; and
44 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.4 LAVATORIES 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
• have soap and towel dispensers The front apron of a vanity shall RELATED SECTIONS that are have a minimum clearance of • located to be accessible 760 mm (30 in.) wide by 735 mm 4.1.1 Space and Reach to persons who use (29 in.) high. Requirements wheelchairs or scooters 4.4.2 Controls and Operating (i.e., not having to reach Shelves or other projections shall; Mechanisms over the lavatory to access • be located as not to present a 4.4.13 Lighting the devices) • located so hazard to children or persons 4.4.15 Texture and Colour that the dispensing height with vision loss/no vision; is between 900 - 1100 mm • be located not more than (35-1/2 - 43-1/4 in.) above 200 mm (8 in.) above the the floor and located not surface of the lavatory; more than 610 mm (24 in.) • be not more than 1100 mm from edge of the lavatory; (43-1/4 in.) above the finished • operable with one hand; floor; and • colour-contrasted from the • project no more than 100 mm surrounding environment; (4 in.) from the wall. and • in compliance with 4.4.2. Where mirrors are provided at lavatories or vanity units, they shall Faucets and other controls shall comply with 4.2.6. • be in compliance with 4.4.2; • have lever-style handles (not self-closing) operable with a closed fist, or be electronically controlled; and • be located so that the distance from the centre line of the faucet to the edge of the basin, or where the basin is mounted in a vanity, to the front edge of Mirror Dispensing height the vanity is not more than between 900 - 1100 mm 485 mm (19-1/8 in.). 485 mm max (35-1/2 - 43-1/4 in.) (19 1/8 in.)
Single/double lever handle or infra-red faucet
x a 33 in.)
-
4 /8 in.) / 3 1
9 2 3 3 ( ( 1000 mm m mm 5 mm (29 in.) 0 3 4 mm (27 in.) 7 8 5
- 8
6 0 2 14 in.) 8 mm min ( 0 5 3
205 mm (8-1/8 in.) 300mm (12 in.) Figure 4.2.4.1 480 mm max. Lavatory Criteria (18-7/8 in.) 1370 mm min (54 in.) Clear Space
45 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.5 URINALS
RATIONALE Where privacy screens are provided Flush controls shall be hand- • they shall be mounted at least operated or automatic, mounted at A clear floor space is required in 460 mm (18 in.) from the no more than 1100 mm (43-1/4 in.) front of urinals to manoeuvre a centre line of the urinal; above the finished floor, and shall mobility device. The provision of • they shall incorporate a comply with 4.4.2. grab bars may assist an individual in pronounced colour contrast, rising from a seated position and to to differentiate them from Where a washroom contains more steady themselves. Floor-mounted the surrounding environment, than two urinals, one urinal shall urinals accommodate children and with a vertical outer edge that be provided specifically for children persons of short stature as well as contrasts with the screen and that is enable easier access to drain per- the surrounding environment; • installed with the rim no higher sonal care devices. Flush controls and than 430 mm (17 in.) from the should be lever-style or automatic • there shall be a clearance of at finished floor: or (preferred). least 50 mm (2 in.) from the • floor-mounted, with the rim grab bar. level at the finished floor Strong colour contrasts between the urinal, the wall and the floor will Urinals shall have grab bars assist persons with vision loss/no installed on each side that RELATED SECTIONS vision. • comply with 4.2.10; • are not less than 600 mm (23- 4.1.1 Space and Reach APPLICATION 5/8 in.) long; Requirements • are mounted vertically 4.4.2 Controls and Operating Where urinals are provided in an • not less than 380 mm Mechanisms accessible toilet or bathing facility, (15 in.) and not more than 4.4.13 Lighting at least one shall comply with this 400 mm (15-3/4 in.) from 4.4.15 Texture and Colour section. the centre line of the urinal; and DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • has its centre line 1000mm above the inished floor Urinals shall • be designed at floor level with 460 mm min 460 mm min no step in front of the fixture; (18 in.) (18 in.) • be wall-mounted with an Grab bars 380 - 400 mm 380 - 400 mm elongated rim located no higher than 430 mm (17 in.) above the (15 - 15-3/4 in.) (15 - 15-3/4 in.) finished floor or floor-mounted Recommended 345 mm min with the rim at the finished floor privacy screen (13-1/2 in.) level; • be at least 345 mm (13-1/2 in.) deep, measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture; Clear space • have a clear floor space of 810 mm x 1370 mm (32 in. x 54 in.) 810 mm min provided in front of the urnial (32 in.) to allow for a forward approach Grab bars that shall adjoin or overlap an Figure 4.2.5.1 (54 in.)
accessible route which complies Urinal with 4.1.1. 1370 mm min Lever type flush valve Urinals shall be at least 345 mm (13-1/2 in.) deep, measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture. (23-5/8 in.) 600 mm min
(44 in.) (39-3/8 in.) 1100 mm max 430 mm max (17 in.) to rim
Figure 4.2.5.2 line centre 1000 mm to Urinal 46 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.6 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
Design issues related to washroom Each type of washroom accessory 4.1.1 Space and Reach accessories include the hand provided, unless otherwise specified Requirements strength and dexterity required in 4.2.2 and 4.2.4, shall have 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead to operate mechanisms. Reaching operable portions and controls Objects the accessories is another concern. mounted between 900 mm 4.4.2 Controls and Operating Accessories that require the use of (35-1/2 in.) and 1200 mm (47 in.) Mechanisms two hands to operate can present above the floor. 4.4.13 Lighting difficulties for a range of persons 4.4.15 Texture and Colour with disabilities when the ability The operable controls and to reach or balance is impaired. mechanisms of washroom Section 4.4.2 addresses operating accessories shall comply with 4.4.2. mechanisms in greater detail. Where mirrors are provided, at least APPLICATION one shall be • mounted with its bottom edge Where washroom accessories such not more than 1000 mm (39- as hand-operated dispensers, hand- 3/8 in.) from the floor; and dryers, buit-in garbage receptacles, • have a minimum mirror height etc. are provided in a toilet or of 1000 mm (39-3.8 in.) bathing facility, they shall comply with this section. In a retrofit Tilt mirrors shall not be used. situation where it is technically infeasible to make all washroom accessories comply with this section, at least one of each type of washroom accessory shall comply in all accessible toilet or bathing facilities.
Accessibility Range 300 mm (11-3/4 in.) 1200 mm max (47 in.) (39 3/8 in.) (39 3/8 in.)
1000 mm max
Figure 4.2.6.1 centre 1000 mm to of vertical bar grab Washroom Accessories
47 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.7 UNIVERSAL WASHROOMS
RATIONALE APPLICATION The minimum number of universal washrooms per building shall be: The provision of a separate Universal washrooms shall comply • 1 for buildings 1 - 3 storeys; individual washroom is with this section. • 2 for buildings 4 - 6 storeys; or advantageous in a number of • 3 for buildings over 6 storeys, instances. For an individual using At least one universal washroom, plus 1 for each additional a wheelchair, the extra space in addition to any accessible public increment of 3 storeys. provided with a separate washroom use or common use toilets, shall be is preferred to an accessible stall. provided If universal washrooms are not Should an individual require an • in all public buildings; and visible from the public use or attendant to assist them in the • on every floor level in common use toilets, directional washroom then the complication assembly buildings where the signage complying with 4.4.7 shall of a woman entering a men’s floor incorpratescommon or be provided. washroom or vice versa is avoided. public use washroom facilities This same scenario would apply to containing four or more toilet a parent with a young child of a and/or urinal fixtures. different gender.
In the event of an accident or fall by a single individual in this form of washroom, an emergency call switch and a means of unlocking the door from the outside are important safety features. 920 mm min (36 in.) 460 mm min 1830 mm min (18-1/8 in.) (72 in.)
Change table (18-7/8 in.)
Clear space 810 mm min (32 in.) (54 in.) 480 mm max
1370 mm min
Clear transfer space 2440 mm min Flush valve on diameter obstruction transfer side or To closest wall, To fixture or other automatically
(96 in.) (36 in.) 1060 mm (42 in.) min controlled
920 mm min 1500 mm min (59 in.) Drop-down grab bar Note: In-swinging (Optional)
door permitted 420-440 mm
(16-1/2 to 17-3/8 in.)
Collapsible coat hook 18-7/8 in.) (18-1/8 to 460-480 mm
Emergency Figure 4.2.7.1 call switch Universal Washroom
48 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.7 UNIVERSAL WASHROOMS 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • has latch operating and • be provided with a lavatory locking mechanisms located conforming to 4.2.4; Universal washrooms shall not less than 900 mm • be equipped with a toilet fixture • be on an accessible route in (35-1/2 in.) and not more conforming to 4.2.3; compliance with 4.1.4; and than 1000 mm (39-3/8 in.) • be equipped with flush controls • be identified withsignage in above the floor; and other elements conforming compliance with applicable • where equipped with a to 4.2.3; provisions of 4.4.7. power locking mechanism, • be equipped with grab bars • be designed to permit a have: conforming to 4.2.3 and 4.2.10; wheelchair to turn within an • a push-to-lock button • have fixture clearances open space that has a diameter on the inside; conforming to 4.2.3 and 4.2.4; of not less than 2440 mm • a push-to-unlock button • provided with a clear transfer (96 in.). In a retrofit situation on the inside that also space adjacent to the toilet where providing the required activates the power fixture, as required by 4.2.3; turning space is technically door operator; • be equipped with infeasible, the turning space • signage indicating the • a collapsable coat hook may be reduced to not less than door locking/unlocking mounted not more than 2130 mm (84 in.) with priority procedures installed 1200 mm (47 in.) from given to allow enough clear next to the locking/ the floor on a side wall and space between the toilet and unlocking buttons; projecting not more than the lavatory; • a sign on the inside that 50 mm (2 in.) from the • be equipped with a door that is illuminated with the wall; • complies with 4.1.6; word “LOCKED” when • a mirror and washroom • is equipped with a power the door is locked; accessories complying with operator; • a sign on the outside 4.2.6. • can be locked from the that is illuminated with • a shelf mounted not more inside the words “IN USE” than 1200 mm (47 in.) • with a closed fist; when the door is locked above finished floor; • without tight grasping, • can be released from the • have lighting controlled by a pinching or twisting of outside or other means motion sensor; and the wrist; and provided for door to be • where provided, drop-down • with a force less than opened from the outside in grab bars shall comply with 22 N (5lbf) case of emergency; 4.2.3.
810 mm min (32 in.)
mm min 3 0 1 8 2 in.) ( 7
850 - 900 mm* (33 - 35-1/2 in.) 400 - 500 mm* (17-3/4 - 19-5/8 in.) l e a b t e 900 mm min Clear Floor Space g a n (35 1/2 in.) c h f o t h g *Adjustable height n l e l l range at upper and Fu lower end of range Figure 4.2.7.2 Adult Change Table
49 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.7 UNIVERSAL WASHROOMS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Universal washrooms shall RELATED SECTIONS (Continued) incorporate a change table • at least 810 mm (32 in.) wide 4.1.1 Space and Reach Universal washrooms shall by 1830 (72 in.) long; Requirements incorporate an emergency call • with an adjustable surface 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces system linked to an on-site central height range of 450 - 500 mm 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead monitoring location. The emergency (17-3/4 in. to 19-5/8 in.) at low Objects call (where applicable) shall also range and 850 - 900 mm (33 - 4.1.6 Doors • be equipped with audible and 35-1/2 in.) at high range; 4.2.3 Toilets visual signals both inside and • with an adjacent clear floor 4.2.4 Lavatories outside washroom; space not less than 900 mm 4.2.5 Urinals • be activated by a control device (35-1/2 in.) along the entire 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories inside washroom typically within length of the change table; 4.2.10 Grab Bars reach of the toilet; and • designed to carry a minimum 4.4.2 Controls and Operating • have a sign that reads IN THE load of 1.33 kN (300 lbs.); Mechanisms EVENT OF EMERGENCY PUSH • located on an accessible route 4.4.7 Signage EMERGENCY BUTTON AND in compliance with 4.1.4; and 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNAL • if of the fold-down type, have Security Systems WILL ACTIVATE in letters at no operable portions higher 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources least 25 mm (1 in.) high with a than 1200 mm (47 in.). 4.4.13 Lighting 5 mm (1/4 in) stroke and that 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes is posted above the emergency Exception: Where another universal 4.4.15 Texture and Colour button. washroom with an adult-sized change table is provided on the For park washrooms, where there same floor level within 45m is no connection to a central (147 ft. 8 in.). monitoring location, localized visual and audible alarms shall be Exception: A fixed adult change provided. table may be installed in a park washroom building.
OPTIONAL: • be equipped with a fold-down grab bar at least 760 mm (30 in.) in length at the open side of the toilet, mounted 420 - 440 mm (16-1/2 - 17-3/8 in.) from the centre line of the toilet and 630 - 690 mm (24-3/4 - 27-1/8 in.) above the floor.
50 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.8 BATHTUBS 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
RATIONALE • with the horizontal leg of • controls equipped with the “L” being located 150 - a pressure-equalizing or Bathtubs can present a slipping 200 mm (5-7/8 - 7-7/8 in.) thermostatic-mixing valve, hazard. Slip-resistant surfaces above and parallel to the operable from the seated are an important feature and will rim of the bathtub; position and in compliance with benefit any individual, including • with the vertical leg of the 4.4.2; those with disabilities. Grab bars “L” being located 300 - • soap holder(s) which can also provide stability. Operating 450 mm (11-3/4 - be reached from the seated systems are subject to limitations in 17-3/4 in.) from the control position, ideally fully recessed; hand strength, dexterity and reach. end of the tub; • with a vertical grab bar Enclosures for bathtubs shall not APPLICATION which is at least 1220 mm • obstruct controls; (48 in.) long, mounted • interfere with a person Where bathtubs are provided, all vertically at both ends of transferring from a wheelchair; bathtubs shall comply with this the tub adjacent to the clear or section. In a retrofit situation where floor space, with the lower • have tracks mounted on the it is technically infeasible to have all end 180 - 280 mm (7 - bathtub rim. bathtubs comply with this section, 11 in.) above the bathtub at least 10%, but never less than rim; and RELATED SECTIONS one, in each bathing facility shall • located within 150 mm comply with this section. (5-7/8 in.) from the edge of 4.1.1 Space and Reach the tub. Requirements DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories 4.2.10 Grab Bars Accessible bathtubs shall be on an 4.4.2 Controls and Operating accessible route complying with Mechanisms 4.1.4. 4.4.13 Lighting 4.4.15 Texture and Colour Accessible bathtubs shall have • a clear floor space at least 920 mm wide (36 in.) along the full length of the bathtub (the lavatory can encroach a 300 maximum of -4 (11 3/450 - mm 300 mm (11-3/4 in.) into this 17 3/4 in.) space, provided the available clear floor space complies with 450 mm 4.2.4); max (17 3/4 in.) • faucet handles of the lever type that are not spring-loaded, or 150 mm are automatically operable; max • faucet handles that are located (5-1/8 in.) so as to be usable by a person 920 mm min seated in the bathtub; (36 in.) • faucets and other controls (48 in.)
mounted not more than (36 in.) 1220 mm min 450 mm (17-3/4 in.) above the 920 mm min bathtub rim; • a shower head complying with 150- 200 mm 7-7/8 in.) (5-7/8 - (7-7/8 in.) 4.2.9; 200 mm • unless the bathtub is Grab bar freestanding, be equipped with on both an "L" shaped grab bar and a sides vertical grab bar conforming to Clear space 4.2.10 mounted on the wall • where each leg of the “L” being at least 920 mm (36 in.) in length; • with the legs of the “L” being separated by a
90 degrees; Figure 4.2.8.1 (36 in.) 920 mm min Bathtub 51 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.9 SHOWERS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • be equipped with • a water-resistant wall- Roll-in or curbless shower stalls Accessible showers shall mounted folding seat that is eliminate the hazard of stepping • be on an accessible route not spring-loaded; or over a threshold and are essential complying with 4.1.4; • a water-resistant fixed seat for persons with disabilities who • be at least 1525 mm (60 in.) in that is use wheelchairs or other mobility width and 920 mm (36 in.) in • not less than 450 mm devices in the shower. Grab bars depth; (17-3/4 in.) wide and and non-slip materials are safety • have a clear floor space at the 400 mm (15 in.) deep; measures which will support any entrance to the shower of at • mounted 430 - 485 mm individual. Additional equipment least 920 mm (36 in.) in depth (17 - 19-1/8 in.) above such as a hand-held shower head and the same width as the the floor; or a water-resistant folding bench, shower, except that fixtures are • designed to carry a may be an asset to someone with permitted to project into that minimum load of a disability but also convenient for space, provided access to the 1.33 kN (300 lbs.); and others. Equipment that contrasts in shower is not restricted; • located within 500 mm colour from the shower stall itself • have a slip-resistant floor (19-5/8 in.) of shower will assist individuals with vision surface, sloped no steeper than controls; loss/no vision. 1:100 (1%); • be equipped with an L-shaped • have grab bar that APPLICATION • no threshold; or • conforms to 4.2.10; • a bevelled threshold not • is located between the Where showers are provided, at exceeding 13 mm (1/2 in.) shower head and the least one shower shall comply with above the finished floor; controls; this section. • have a trench-style drain • is mounted horizontally system across the entry to the 850 mm (33 in.) above the Where more than 7 showers are shower that is colour contrasted floor; provided, accessible showers shall to surrounding elements, or • has a horizontal component be provided in conformance with other measures to contain water at least 920 mm (36in.) Table 4.2.9. within the shower area; long and a vertical component at least 760 mm (30 in.) long; and • is mounted so that the horizontal component overlaps the seat by at least 300 mm (12 in.).
80-120 mm # of showers # of showers required (3 1/8 - 4 3/4 in.) to be accessible
685 mm max 1 - 7 1 (27 in.) more than 7 2 plus 1 for each increment of 7 showers Control 300 mm min valve max Table 4.2.9 (11-3/4 in.) 1000 mm Number of Accessible Showers Folding high bench (39-3/8 in.) (30 in.)
760 mm min 920 mm min (36 in.) No threshold OR Bevelled threshold 13 mm max (1/2 in.) (33 in.) above floor maximum 850 mm max.
(17-3/4 in.) 1% slope Trench-style 450 mm to drain
700 - 800 mm (27 1/2 - 31 in.) drain (both ways) Clear space
1525 mm min 920 mm min (60 in.) (36 in.) Figure 4.2.9.1 Shower Stall
920 mm min (36 in.) 52 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.9 SHOWERS 4.2 WASHROOM FACILITIES
• be equipped with a vertical grab • have fully recessed soap Where the showerhead is mounted bar on each end wall that holder(s) which can be reached on a vertical bar, the bar shall be • is at least 760 mm (30 in.) from the seated position; and installed so as not to obstruct the in length; • be equipped with a shower head use of the grab bar. • is mounted 80 - 120 mm • with at least 1525 mm (60 (3-1/8 - 4-3/4 in.) from in.) of flexible hose that Enclosures for shower stalls shall the front edge, at a point can be used both as a fixed not obstruct controls or obstruct 700 and 800 mm (27-1/2 position shower head and as transfer from a mobility device onto and 31-1/2 in.) above the a hand held shower head; the shower seat. finished floor; and • with shower spray unit that • conform to 4.2.10; is reachable from the seated RELATED SECTIONS • be equipped with a pressure- position; and equalizing or thermostatic- • has an on/off control. 4.1.1 Space and Reach mixing valve in compliance with Exception: The use of two Requirements 4.4.2, located above the grab fixed-height shower heads 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories bar but no higher than with the capability of adjusting 4.2.10 Grab Bars 1000 mm (39-3/8 in.), the direction of water flow is 4.4.2 Controls and Operating maximum 685 mm (27 in.) permitted instead of a hand- Mechanisms from the seat wall; held spray unit in facilities that 4.4.13 Lighting may be subject to vandalism. 4.4.15 Texture and Colour The height of the higher shower head to be 1825 mm (72 in.). The height of the lower shower head to be 1400 mm (55-1/8 in.). A valve to direct water between the shower heads, in compliance with 4.4.2, shall be located adjacent to the shower control/mixing valve.
Clear Floor Space Shower Depth 920 mm min 920 mm min (36 in.) (36 in.)
Grab Bar
Grab Bar Fixtures may overlap clear floor space if they Shower do not interfere with the 1% Slope to Controls Trench Drain transfer to the shower seat 1% Slope to or the knee and toe space Trench Drain
Shower (60 in.)
beneath the fixture (60 in.)
Clear Trench Drain Seat 1525 mm min Shower Width 1525 mm min Floor Clear Floor Space Space
Figure 4.2.9.2 Plan View of Accessible Shower Grab Bar
53 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.2.10 GRAB BARS
RATIONALE RELATED SECTIONS
Grab bars are an important feature 4.1.1 Space and Reach to those who require assistance Requirements in standing up, sitting down or 4.2.3 Toilets stability while standing. Transferring 4.2.5 Urinals between toilet and wheelchair or 4.2.7 Universal Washrooms scooter may be another scenario 4.2.8 Bathtubs where grab bars are utilized. 4.2.9 Showers 4.4.13 Lighting APPLICATION 4.4.15 Texture and Colour
Grab bars shall comply with this section.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Grab bars shall • be installed to resist a load of at least 1.3 kN (300 lb.), applied vertically or horizontally; • be not less than 35 mm Smooth wall finish (1-3/8 in.) and not more than 40 mm (1-9/16 in.) in diameter; • be free of any sharp or abrasive elements; • be colour-contrasted with the surrounding environment; and • have a slip-resistant surface.
Wall-mounted grab bars shall have a clearance of 50mm (2 in.) to the wall.
Drop-down grab bars shall comply with 4.2.3.
Adjacent surfaces shall be free of 35-40 mm 50 mm any sharp or abrasive elements. (1-3/8 to1-9/16 in.) (2 in.)
Figure 4.2.10.1 Grab Bar
54 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.1 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE more than one drinking fountain one hand with a force of not or water cooler is provided on a more than 22 N (4.9 lb.), or be When planning the design of floor level, at least 50% shall be automatically operable; drinking fountains, one should accessible and shall comply with • be mounted with the spout consider the limited height of this section. between 760 mm (30 in.) and children and that of a person using 900 mm (35-1/2 in.) above the a wheelchair or scooter. In the same Where only one drinking fountain finished floor; and respect, there may be individuals is provided on a floor level, it shall • project the water stream at who have difficulty bending who incorporate components that are least 100 mm (4 in.) high, and would require a higher fountain. The accessible to individuals who use at a vertical angle of up to, operating system should account for mobility devices and to those who • 30 degrees, where the limited hand strength or dexterity. have difficulty stooping or bending. spout is located less than The placement of the fountain is 75 mm (3 in.) from the also important. Fountains should DESIGN REQUIREMENTS front of the fountain; or be recessed, to avoid protruding • 15 degrees, where the into the path of travel. Angled Accessible drinking fountains shall spout is located not less than 75 mm (3 in.) and not recessed alcove designs allow more • be located on an accessible flexibility and require less precision route complying with 4.1.4; more than 125 mm by a person using a wheelchair or • be detectable by a cane at a (5-7/8 in.) from the front of scooter. level at or below 680 mm the fountain. (26-3/4 in.) from the finished APPLICATION floor; Cantilevered drinking fountains shall • have a clear floor space of at • be equipped with controls that Where drinking fountains are are located on the front of the least 810 mm (32 in.) by provided on a floor level, at least unit, or on both sides of the 1370 mm (54 in.); one shall be accessible and shall unit, easily operated from a • have a knee space between comply with this section. Where wheelchair or scooter using the bottom of the unit and the floor of at least 810 mm (32 in.) wide, 500 mm (19-1/2 in.) deep and 735 mm (29 in.) high; Angled alcoves allow • have a toe clearance height of more flexibility on Angled alcoves allow forward approach at least 350 mm (14 in.) above more flexibility on parallel approach finished floor, from a point 300 mm (12 in.) back from the
front edge to the wall; and ) g
n i ) • have a depth at the base of the n mm g e 0
n 5-1/2 in.) i p 0 in.) 3 fountain of at least 700 mm o 9 mm min n 4 - -
0 mm mm min 5 t e ( 1 (32 in.) 0 0
0 8 7 u 0 p 3 6 (28 in.); and 0 o 3
1 7 35-1/2 in.) o (
p 9
Clear space - t - s
0
u • be recessed or otherwise
Clear space o
0 t 6
o
(
Clear space 3 7 ( p
s located out of the circulation
1
3 o 8 7 t 1 0
0 ( mm min route. ( mm min 54 in.) ( 3 2 in.) Freestanding or built-in fountains Figure 4.3.1.1 Figure 4.3.1.2 not having a knee space shall have Parallel Approach Forward Approach a clear floor space at least 1370 mm (54 in.) wide by 810 mm Equipment (32 in.) deep in front of the unit to permitted in shaded accommodate a parallel approach. area RELATED SECTIONS
4.1.1 Space and Reach
mm Requirements 0 0 5-1/2 in.) 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces 9 3
- -
0 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead 0 3 29 in.) 6 5 mm min ( ( 7 3 Objects 7 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and mm min 4 in.) 0 1 (
5 Corridors 3 4.4.13 Lighting 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes 300 mm 4.4.15 Texture and Colour (11-3/4 in.) Figure 4.3.1.3 500 mm Clearances (19-1/2 in.) 55 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.2 VIEWING POSITIONS
RATIONALE APPLICATION Accessible wheelchair/scooter locations shall be an integral part Designated viewing areas are In places of assembly occupancy of any seating plan. Seats shall required for individuals unable to with fixed seating,accessible be distributed in a manner that use typical seating. Viewing areas wheelchair/scooter locations shall provides people with physical need to provide adequate space comply with this section and shall disabilities a choice of admission to manoeuvre a mobility device as be provided in numbers as indicated prices and lines of sight comparable large as a scooter and should not be by Table 4.3.2. to those for members of the general limited to one location. Designated public. companion seating should also be Adaptable seats shall be provided in provided. Guards placed around a compliance with Table 4.3.2. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS viewing area should not interfere with the line of sight of someone Spaces for the storage of Accessible wheelchair/scooter sitting in a wheelchair or scooter. wheelchairs and other mobility locations shall adjoin an accessible A choice of seating locations assistive devices shall be provided route complying with 4.1.4, without and ticket price range should be to accommodate the users of the infringing on egress from any row of available. adaptable seats in compliance with seating or any aisle requirement. Table 4.3.2. Providing only one size of seating does not reflect the diversity of body types of our society. Seating with increased legroom will better suit individuals that are taller. Seats with removable armrests (adaptable seating) are helpful for persons of larger stature as well as individuals using wheelchairs that prefer to transfer to the seat.
Figure 4.3.2.1 Sight Lines at Wheelchair Locations
920 mm (36 in.) 1370 mm (54 in.)
920 mm (36 in.) 1525 mm (60 in.)
Does not interfere with seating egress Storage area for wheelchairs and other assistive devices Figure 4.3.2.2 Distribution of Wheelchair Locations 56 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.2 VIEWING POSITIONS 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
Accessible wheelchair/scooter Fixed seats designated for adaptable RELATED SECTIONS locations shall be seating shall be • clear and level, or level with • located without infringing on 4.1.1 Space and Reach removable seats; egress from any row of seating Requirements • not less than 920 mm (36 in.) or aisle; 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces wide, and • equipped with moveable or 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead • minimum 1525 mm (60 in.) removeable arm rest on the Objects long if approaching from the side of the seat adjoining the 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and side; or barrier-free path of travel; and Corridors • minimum 1370 mm (54 in.) • situated as part of the 4.4.6 Assistive Listening Systems if approaching from the front designated seating plan to 4.4.7 Signage or back; provide choice of viewing 4.4.9 Public Address System • where the seating capacity location and clear view of the 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes exceeds 100, provided in more event taking place. 4.4.15 Texture and Colour than one location; 4.4.16 Acoustics • arranged to have Storage facilities for wheelchairs • at least 2 of the designated and other assistive devices shall spaces side by side; • have a minimum floor space of • at least one fixed 810 mm (32 in.) by 1370 mm companion seat located (54 in.) for each device; beside • be located on the same level • each group of and as close as practicable to designated spaces, if the designated seating spaces 2 or more designated spaces are arranged side by side in a group; and • each designated space that is not part of a group • located without infringing on egress from any row of seating or aisle; and • situated as part of the designated seating plan to provide choice of viewing location and clear view of the event taking place.
Number of Minimum number Minimum number of Minimum number of Fixed Seats in of Spaces Required Adaptable Seats Storage Facilities for Seating Area for Wheelchairs Wheelchairs Up to 40 2 2 41 - 80 3 4 2 81 - 100 4 5 101 - 150 5 151 - 200 6 201 - 300 9 5% of all aisle 2 + 2 for every 301 - 400 12 seating additional 100 401 - 600 15 seats Over 600 Not less than 3% of the seating capacity
Table 4.3.2 Wheelchair Viewing Locations Figure 4.3.2.2 Distribution of Wheelchair Locations 57 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.3 ELEVATED PLATFORMS
RATIONALE • be sized to safely accommodate RELATED SECTIONS wheelchairs and other mobility Elevated platforms, such as stage equipment in compliance with 4.1.1 Space and Reach areas, speaker podiums, etc., 4.1.1; and Requirements should be accessible to all. A • where more than 250 mm (10 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces marked accessible route should be in.) above the ground or floor 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead provided, along with safety features surface and not protected by Objects to assist persons who are visually a guard, have a detectable 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and impaired. warning surface. Corridors 4.1.9 Ramps APPLICATION A ramp shall be provided for stages 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces in compliance with section 4.1.9. 4.4.13 Lighting Elevated platforms provided for 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes use by the general public, clients, The detectable warning surface on 4.4.15 Texture and Colour customers or employees shall elevated platforms shall comply with this section. • consist of flat-topped domes or cones in compliance with 4.4.8; DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • be positioned parallel to the open platform edge, extending Elevated platforms shall the full length of the platform; • be located on an accessible and route that complies with 4.1.4; • be a minimum depth of 610 • be capable of being illuminated mm (24 in.) and a maximum of to at least 100 lux (9.3 920 mm (36 in.), flush from the ft-candles) at floor level at the open edge of the platform. darkest point;
Depth of one tread 920 mm Detectable warning min (36 in.) surface 610 - 920 mm (24 - 36 in.)
Visual contrast on top of nosing
Figure 4.3.3.1 Detectable Warning Surfaces at Elevated Platform
58 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.4 CHANGE/DRESSING ROOMS 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Every accessible dressing room shall have a 810 mm (32 in.) x 1830 In addition to accessible common Accessible dressing rooms, mm (72 in.) bench fixed to the wall use dressing rooms, a separate and accessible elements within along the longer dimension. The unisex dressing room is useful. This accessible dressing rooms, shall bench shall is valuable in a scenario where an be located on an accessible route • be mounted 450 to 500 mm attendant of the opposite sex or a complying with 4.1.4. (17-3/4 in. to 19-5/8 in.) above parent is assisting a child. Sufficient the finished floor; space should be allowed for two Accessible dressing rooms shall • have clear floor space at least people and a wheelchair, along with be labeled with the international 760 mm (30 in.) wide provided benches and accessories. symbol of accessibility. alongside the bench to allow a person using a wheelchair The provision of handrails along Private accessible dressing rooms or scooter to make a parallel circulation routes from dressing shall incorporate a clear floor transfer onto the bench; rooms to pool, gymnasium and space allowing a person using a • be designed to carry a minimum other activity areas, will be of wheelchair or scooter to make a load of 1.33 kN (300 lb.); and benefit to manyfacility users. 180-degree turn, accessed through either a hinged or sliding door. No Where coat hooks are provided, APPLICATION door shall swing into any part of they shall be a collapsible-style the required turning space within projecting not more than 50 mm Where dressing rooms are provided the private accessible dressing (2 in.) from the wall. At least two for use by the general public, room. Turning space is not required collapsible coat hooks shall be patients, customers, performers or within a private accessible dressing mounted no higher than 1200 employees, they shall comply with room accessed through a curtained mm (47 in.) above the floor, this section. In a retrofit situation opening of at least 950 mm (37- and immediately adjacent to the where it is technically infeasible 1/2 in.) wide, if clear floor space accessible bench. (Note: Coat hooks to have all dressing rooms comply complying with section 4.1.1 should NOT be located over the with this section, 10% of dressing renders the dressing room usable accessible bench or in areas that rooms, but never less than one, for by a person in a wheelchair or may cause a hazard.) each type of use in each cluster of scooter. dressing rooms shall be accessible To enable transfer to the bench, and comply with this section. All doors to accessible dressing grab bars similar to those in section rooms shall be in compliance with 4.2.9 Showers shall be provided in At least one private accessible 4.1.6. Outward swinging doors shall a suitable location in the dressing dressing room shall be provided not constitute a hazard to persons room. within accessible change rooms using adjacent circulation routes. at pools, gymnasiums and other applicable facilities. Figure 4.3.4.1 Private Accessible Dressing Room
Reverse L-shape Full length mirror or grab bar other reflective surface with contrasting frame
Bench 810 mm (32 in.) 1830 mm (72 in.)
Clear
space 450-500 mm (17-3/4 - 19-5/8 in.)
Size of clear space Outswinging door relative to whether door or curtain or curtain provided as entrance 59 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.4 CHANGE/DRESSING ROOMS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS (Continued) 4.1.1 Space and Reach Where dressing rooms are provided Requirements in conjunction with showers, 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces swimming pools, or other wet 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead locations, they shall Objects • be designed with a slip-resistant 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths floor surface that prevents the and Corridors accumulation of standing water; 4.4.13 Lighting and 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes • have a bench with a slip- 4.4.15 Texture and Colour resistant seat surface installed to prevent the accumulation of water.
Where mirrors, or other reflective surfaces, are provided in dressing rooms of the same use, accessible dressing rooms shall incorporate a full-length mirror or other reflective surface measuring at least 460 mm (18 in.) wide by 1370 mm (54 in.) high and shall be mounted in a position affording a view to a person on the bench, as well as to a person in a standing position.
Dressing rooms shall incorporate even illumination throughout of at least 100 lux (10 ft-candles).
For open area large group change areas (such as locker rooms) refer to section 4.3.10.
60 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.5 OFFICES, WORK AREAS & MEETING ROOMS 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE APPLICATION RELATED SECTIONS
Offices providing services or Wherever offices, work areas or 4.1.1 Space and Reach programs to the public should meeting rooms are provided for use Requirements be accessible to all, regardless by the general public, employees, 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces of mobility or functional profile. clients or customers, they shall 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths Furthermore, office and related comply with this section. and Corridors support areas should be accessible 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens to staff and visitors with varying Where multiple workstations are and Sidelights levels of ability. provided, at least 5% but not 4.3.7 Tables, Counters and Work less than one shall have height Surfaces All persons, but particularly those adjustable worksurfaces. 4.3.9 Storage, Shelving and with hearing loss/persons who are Display Units hard-of-hearing, would benefit from DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 4.4.2 Controls and Operating having a quiet acoustic environment Mechanisms - background noise from mechanical Where offices, work areas and 4.4.4 Visual Alarms equipment such as fans, should be meeting rooms are provided for use 4.4.6 Assistive Listening Systems minimal. Telephone equipment for by the general public, employees, 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources individuals with hearing loss may clients or customers, they shall 4.4.13 Lighting also be required. • be located on an accessible 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes route complying with 4.1.4; 4.4.15 Texture and Colour The provision of assistive speaking • where equipped with a door, the 4.4.16 Acoustics devices is important for the range of door shall comply with 4.1.6; individuals who may have difficulty • incorporate a clear floor space with low vocal volume thus affecting allowing a person using a production of normal audible levels wheelchair or scooter to make a of sound. 180-degree turn; • incorporate an accessible route Tables and workstations should that connects the primary address the knee space activity elements within the requirements of an individual in a office, work area or meeting wheelchair. Circulation areas also room; need to consider the spatial needs • incorporate knee clearances of mobility equipment as large as below work surfaces that scooters. comply with 4.3.7; • incorporate access to storage, Natural coloured task lighting, such shelving or display units in as that provided through halogen compliance with 4.3.9 for use by bulbs, is a design feature that the general public, employees, will facilitate use by all, especially clients or customers; persons with vision loss/no vision. • provide a clear floor space that complies with 4.1.1 in In locations where reflective glare front of all equipment such may be problematic, such as large as photocopiers where such expanses of glass with reflective equipment is provided for flooring, consideration should be use by the general public, given to providing blinds that can be employees, clients or louvred upwards. customers; • be equipped with an assistive listening system that complies with 4.4.6, where an assistive listening system is required; and • provide one of the following: gooseneck fixed microphone at designated seating area, cordless microphone or a personal voice amplification system.
61 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.6 WAITING AND QUEUING AREAS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Provide sufficiently clear floor area to permit mobility aids to Queuing areas for information, Barriers at queuing areas shall be turn where queuing lines change tickets or services should permit laid out in parallel, logical lines. The direction (refer to figures 4.1.4.3 persons who use wheelchairs, accessible path of travel between and 4.1.4.4). scooters and other mobility fixed queuing lines and barriers devices as well as persons with shall comply with 4.1.4. Fixed queuing guides must be cane a varying range of user ability to detectable. move through the line safely and Barriers at queuing areas, provided conveniently. to streamline pedestrian movement, In waiting rooms where seating is shall be firmly mounted to the fixed to the floor, a minimum of Waiting and queuing areas need to floor, and should have rigid rails to 3% but no less than 1 seat of the provide space for mobility devices, provide support for waiting persons. total seating must provide the clear such as wheelchairs and scooters. floor space for mobility devices as Queuing lines that turn corners Where floor slots or pockets are defined in section 4.3.2.Accessible or double back on themselves will included to receive temporary or seating shall have an adjacent need to provide adequate space occasional supports, such slots or companion seat. to manoeuvre mobility devices. pockets shall be level with the floor Providing handrails in queuing finish and have an integral cover, so RELATED SECTIONS lines may be useful support for as not to cause a tripping hazard. individuals and guidance for those 4.1.1 Space and Reach with vision loss/no vision. The Permanent queuing areas shall Requirements provision of benches in waiting incorporate clearly defined floor 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces areas is important for individuals patterns/colours/textures in 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths who may have difficulty with compliance with 4.4.15, as an aid and Corridors standing for extended periods. to guide persons with vision loss/no 4.4.5 Public Telephones vision. 4.4.6 Assistive Listening Systems APPLICATION 4.4.7 Signage There shall be a pronounced colour 4.4.9 Public Address Systems In addition to the design contrast between ropes, bars 4.4.10 Information Systems requirements specified in 4.1 to or solid barriers used to define 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources 4.4, waiting and queuing areas shall queuing areas and the surrounding 4.4.13 Lighting comply with this section. environment. 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes 4.4.15 Texture and Colour 4.4.16 Acoustics
Clear floor space at U-turn
Width and clearance dimensions to comply with Section 4.1.4
Figure 4.3.6.1 Cane Detectable Fixed Fixed Queuing Guides Queuing Guides
62 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.7 TABLES, COUNTERS AND WORK SURFACES 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE study carrels) are provided in Wheelchair seating spaces at accessible public or common use accessible tables, counters and work Tables, counters and work surfaces areas, at least 10%, but not less surfaces shall incorporate a clear should accommodate the needs than one, of the fixed or built-in floor space that of a range of users. Consideration tables, counters and work surfaces • is at least 810 mm (32 in.) x should be given to standing-use as shall comply with this section. 1370 mm (54 in.); and well as seated use. For individuals • has no more than 480 mm using wheelchairs, tables need to It is preferred to locate counters out (18-7/8 in.) of the length be high enough to provide knee of the circulation route so they do extending under the counter or space and provide enough clear not become an obstacle for persons work surface where a forward space for the wheelchair to pull who use canes and or persons with approach is used. into. The furniture placement at vision loss/no vision. tables and manoeuvring space at Where a forward approach is used counters should provide sufficient Ensure that chairs with armrests to access a wheelchair seating turning space for a person using a are provided for banquet halls, space, wheelchair or scooter. restaurants and cafeterias. • a clear knee space of at least 810 mm (32 in.) wide, 480 mm Tables that have the support leg(s) DESIGN REQUIREMENTS (18-7/8 in.) deep and 685 mm in the centre of the table provide a (27 in.) high shall be provided; higher level of accessibility. Accessible tables, counters and and work surfaces shall be located on • a clear toe space at least 810 APPLICATION an accessible route complying with mm (32 in.) wide and 230 4.1.4. mm (18-7/8 in.) high shall If fixed or built-in tables, counters be provided beyond the knee and work surfaces (including, but An accessible route complying with space, extending to a depth at not limited to, dining tables and 4.1.4 shall lead to and around such least 610 mm (24 in.) from the fixed or built-in tables, counters and front edge of the work surface. work surfaces. The top of accessible tables, counters and work surfaces shall be located between 710 mm (28 in.) to 865 mm (34 in.) above the finished floor or ground surface. It is preferred to provide height- adjustable furnishings.
Where speaker podiums are (9 in.) (27 in.) obstruction 230 mm min (28-34 in.) provided they shall 710-865 mm 685 mm min • be located on an accessible route in compliance with 4.1.4; 480 mm min • be height-adjustable for use Figure 4.3.7.1 from a seated or standing Clearances (18-7/8 in.) position; knee space • incorprate clear floor space of at Where open below, a least 810 mm (32 in.) by 1370 cane-detectable barrier is required at open ends. mm (54 in.), configured for forward approach; • incorporate clear knee space of 1370 mm min at least 810 mm (32 in.) wide, (54 in.) 480 mm 480 mm (18-7/8 in.) deep and min 685 mm (27 in.) high; and (18-7/8 in.) • incorprate controls and operating mechanisms in
(54 in.) compliance with 4.4.2
1370 mm min RELATED SECTIONS (32 in.)
810 mm min 4.1.1 Space and Reach 810 mm min Requirements (32 in.) 4.1.3 Protruding & Overhead Objects Figure 4.3.7.2 Figure 4.3.7.3 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths Frontal Approach Parallel Approach and Corridors 63 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.8 INFORMATION, RECEPTION AND SERVICE COUNTERS RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Information, reception and service counters shall provide at least one Information, reception and service Information, reception and service type of Assistive Speaking Device at counters should be accessible to counters shall be located on an each counter of varying heights: the full range of visitors. A choice accessible route complying with • Speech Transfer Intercom of counter heights is recommended 4.1.4. System with volume controls for to provide a range of options for a both staff and customers - this variety of persons. Lowered sections Counters for information, reception can be in a counter system or will serve children, persons of short or service shall incorporate at least speaking port; stature and persons using mobility one accessible section that • gooseneck or cordless devices such as a wheelchair or • has a counter height located microphone; or scooter. The choice of heights between 710 mm (28 in.) and • telephone system with voice/ should also extend to speaking 865 mm (34 in.) above the speech amplification. ports and writing surfaces. finished floor or ground; • has a counter surface width of Where speaking ports are provided The provision of knee space under at least 920 mm (36 in.); at information, reception or service the counter facilitates use by a • has a counter depth of no more counters, accessible counters shall person using a wheelchair or a than 1270 mm (50 in.) that have a speaking port no higher scooter. complies with 4.1.1; and than 1060 mm (42 in.) above the • has knee space on both sides of finished floor or ground. The provision of assistive speaking the counter, below the counter devices is important for the range of surface, of at least 685 mm (27 RELATED SECTIONS individuals who may have difficulty in.) high by 480 mm (18-7/8 with low vocal volume thus affecting in.) deep by 810 mm (32 in.) 4.1.1 Space and Reach production of normal audible levels wide. Requirements of sound. 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths Wheelchair seating spaces at and Corridors The use of colour contrast, tactile accessible sections of information, 4.4.6 Assistive Listening Systems difference or audio landmarks (e.g., reception and service counters shall 4.4.7 Signage receptionist voice or music source) incorporate a clear floor space not 4.4.10 Information Systems can assist individuals with vision less than 760 mm (30in.) by 1370 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources loss/no vision to more precisely mm (54 in.). 4.4.13 Lighting locate service counters or speaking 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes ports. Where a forward approach is used 4.4.15 Texture and Colour to access a wheelchair seating 4.4.16 Acoustics APPLICATION space, a clear knee space of at least 810 mm (32 in.) wide, 480 mm Counters for information or service (18-7/8 in.) deep and 685 mm (27 shall have at least one section in.) high shall be provided. It may accessible to persons who use a overlap the clear floor space by a wheelchair or scooter. maximum of 480 mm (18-7/8 in.).
For each type of service provided, at least 1 accessible service counter shall be provided. 920 mm min (36 in.) Where there are multiple queuing lines serving mulitple service counters, the accessible service counters must be clearly identified by signage.
Where a single queuing line serves a single or multiple counters, each service counter shall comply with 480 mm min
this section. (18-7/8 in.) (27 in.) (28-34 in.) 685 mm min
810 mm min 710-865 mm (32 in.)
Figure 4.3.8.1 Service Counter 64 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.9 STORAGE, SHELVING AND DISPLAY UNITS 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
The heights of storage, shelving A clear floor space at least 4.1.1 Space and Reach and display units should address 810 mm (32 in.) by 1370 mm (54 Requirements a full range of vantage points in.) complying with 4.1.1 that allows 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths including the lower sightlines either forward or parallel approach and Corridors of children or a person using a by a person using a wheelchair 4.4.2 Controls and Operating wheelchair or scooter. The lower or a scooter shall be provided at Mechanisms heights also serve the lower reach accessible storage facilities. of these individuals. Displays that are too low can be problematic Accessible storage spaces shall be for individuals that have difficulty within at least one of the reach bending down. Appropriate lighting ranges specified in 4.1.1. Clothes and colour contrast is particularly rods or shelves shall be a maximum important for persons with vision of 1370 mm (54 in.) above the loss/no vision. finished floor for a side approach. Where the distance from the APPLICATION wheelchair to the clothes rod or shelf is 255 – 535 mm (10-21 in.) If fixed or built-in storagefacilities, (as in closets without accessible such as cabinets, closets, shelves doors) the height of the rod or shelf and drawers, are provided in shall be no more than 1200 mm (47 accessible spaces, at least one of in.). each type provided shall contain storage space in compliance with Where coat hooks are provided, this section. they shall all be collapsible coat hooks, mounted no higher than Shelves or display units allowing 1200 mm (47 in.) above the floor. self-service by customers in (Note: Coat hooks should NOT be mercantile occupancies shall be located over benches) located on an accessible route complying with 4.1.4. Hardware for accessible storage facilities shall comply with 4.4.2. Touch latches and U-shaped pulls are acceptable.
1370 mm (54 in.) 1370 mm max (54 in.) 230 mm min (9 in.)
Figure 4.3.9.1 Reach Limits for Storage
65 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.10 LOCKERS AND BAGGAGE STORAGE
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Baggage racks or carousels for suitcases, etc. shall have the In schools, recreational facilities, Accessible lockers and baggage platform surface no higher than 460 transit facilities, etc., or wherever storage units shall be located on mm (18 in.) from the floor and shall public or private storage lockers an accessible route complying with incorporate a continuous colour- are provided, at least some of the 4.1.4. contrasting strip at the edge of the storage units should be accessible platform surface. by a person using a wheelchair or Accessible lockers and baggage scooter. storage units shall have their Aisle spaces in front of lockers, bottom shelf no lower than baggage compartments and It is preferred to provide an 230 mm (9 in.) and their top shelf carousels should be a minimum of accessible bench in close proximity no higher than 1200 mm (47 in.) 1370 mm (54 in.) deep and to accessible lockers. above the floor or ground. 810 mm (32 in.) wide, to permit forward and lateral approach by The provision of lockers at lower Locks for accessible lockers and a person using a wheelchair or heights serves the reach restrictions baggage storage units shall be scooter. of children or a person using a mounted no higher than 1060 mm wheelchair or scooter. The operating (42 in.) from the floor or ground Where an accessible bench is mechanisms should also be at an and shall comply with 4.4.2. installed near accessible lockers, appropriate height and operable by grab bars shall be installed where individuals with restrictions in hand Unless all lockers are accessible, practicable. dexterity (ie. operable with a closed accessible lockers shall be identified fist). with an International Symbol of RELATED SECTIONS Access or equivalent. APPLICATION Numbers or names on all lockers 4.1.1 Space and Reach Requirements If lockers or baggage storage units and baggage storage units should 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths are provided in accessible public or be in clearly legible lettering, and Corridors common use areas, at least 10%, raised or recessed and of a highly 4.4.2 Controls and Operating but not less than one, of the lockers contrasting colour or tone (in Mechanisms or baggage storage units shall compliance with the relevant parts 4.4.7 Signage comply with this section. of 4.4.7). 4.4.13 Lighting 4.4.15 Texture and Colour
Accessible Lockers Transfer Space Figure 4.3.10.2 n i
a Locker Room sample r Mirror D 460 mm x 1370 mm layout o t
Locker Clear e p o
Floor Space l S
% Accessible Bench 1 610 mm x 1200 mm
1% Slope to Drain Drain 1500 mm min (60 in.) 1830 mm min (72 in.)
Figure 4.3.10.1 1500 mm min (60 in.) Locker Room Clear Floor Accessible Lockers Space requirements
860 mm min (34 in.) 66 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.11 BALCONIES, PORCHES, TERRACES 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES AND PATIOS RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
Where a number of balconies, Balconies, porches, terraces and 4.1.1 Space and Reach porches, patios or terraces are patios Requirements provided, it is desirable to consider • shall be located on an accessible 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces options for different levels of sun route complying with 4.1.4; 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and wind protection. This is of • shall have a minimum depth and Corridors benefit to individuals with varying of 2440 (96 in.). In retrofit 4.1.6 Doors tolerances for sun or heat. Doors to situations where providing a 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes these spaces typically incorporate depth of 2440 mm (96 in.) 4.4.15 Texture and Colour large expanses of glazing. These is technically infeasible, the should be appropriately marked to minimum depth may be reduced increase their visibility. Thresholds to 1525 mm (60 in.); and at balcony doors should be avoided. • where an outswinging door is used, shall have a minimum APPLICATION depth of 1100 mm (43-1/4 in.) between the door Balconies, porches, terraces and and any adjacent guard or patios provided for use by the railing. general public, clients, customers or employees shall comply with this Exterior balconies, porches, section. terraces and patios, where directly accessible from the interior spaces, shall incorporate a threshold in compliance with 4.1.2.
Balcony, porch, terrace and patio surfaces shall • comply with 4.1.2; • be sloped to ensure removal of water; and • be sloped no more than 2%.
Railings and guards at balconies, porches, terraces and patios shall • comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code; and • be designed to allow clear vision below the rail for persons seated in a wheelchair or scooter; and • incorporate pronounced colour contrast between the railings and guards and the surrounding environment.
Doors opening out onto balconies shall be located to open against a side wall or rail.
67 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.12 PARKING
RATIONALE APPLICATION In facilities with multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking, The provision of parking spaces This standard is applicable to all designated parking spaces shall be near the entrance to a facility is new parking structures and surface dispersed and located closest to the important to accommodate persons parking lots. For existing structures accessible entrances. with a varying range of abilities and surface parking lots undergoing as well as persons with limited renovations/alterations, standards If more than one off-street parking mobility. Medical conditions, such should be employed to the greatest facility is provided, parking as arthritis or heart conditions, extent possible. requirements shall be calculated using crutches or the physical act individually for each parking facility. of pushing a wheelchair, all make The number of designated parking it difficult to travel long distances. spaces shall be in accordance with If more than one off-street parking Minimizing travel distances is Table 4.3.12. and shall be located facility is provided, parking particularly important outdoors, on the shortest possible circulation spaces for the use of persons with where weather conditions and route, with minimal traffic flow disabilities shall be distributed ground surfaces can make travel crossing, to an accessible facility among the multiple lots to provide both difficult and hazardous. entrance (e.g., in lots serving equivalent or greater accessibility in a particular facility) or to an terms of distance from an accessible In addition to the proximity to accessible pedestrian entrance of entrance or user convenience. entrances, the sizes of accessible the parking facility (e.g., in lots not parking spaces is important. A serving a particular facility). person using a mobility aid such as a wheelchair requires a wider Accessible routes to accessible parking stall to accommodate the parking spaces shall be configured manoeuvring of the wheelchair to avoid travel behind parked beside the car or van. A van may vehicles or along vehicle routes. also require additional space to deploy a lift or ramp through the side or back door. An individual would then require space for the deployment of the lift itself as well P as additional space to manoeuvre P on/off the lift.
By Permit Heights along the routes to Only accessible parking is a factor. Maximum Fine By Permit $5000.00 Only Accessible vans may have a raised Pathway to accessible Van Maximum Fine roof resulting in the need for Accessible building entrance $5000.00 additional overhead clearance. Curb Alternatively, the floor of the van cut may be lowered, resulting in lower tolerances for speed bumps and pavement slope transitions. Access The number of accessible parking aisle spaces required by this section may not be sufficient in somefacilities (such as seniors' centres) where
increased numbers of persons with (17 ft) disabilities may be expected. In this 5200 mm situation, the number of accessible parking spaces may be increased from the requirements in this standard.
Type A Access Type B Wherever possible locate parking Space Aisle Space signs away from pedestrian routes, 3400 mm 1500 mm 2400 mm as they may constitute an overhead (11ft 2in.) (59 in.) (7ft 10-1/2in.) and/or protruding hazard. It is minimum minimum minimum preferable that the sign be placed Accessible at the curb line to denote the end of parking spaces Figure 4.3.12.1 the parking space. Side-by-side Parking Space 68 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.12 PARKING 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Accessible parking spaces shall the vehicle access and egress • be provided in two sizes; routes, An accessible route shall be • Type A shall have an • of at least 2750 mm (108 provided from each designated unobstructed rectangular in.) at outdoor parking; and parking space to an accessible area with a minimum width • of at least 2590 mm (98 in.) entrance into the facility. of 3400 mm (11 ft. 2 in.) at indoor parking, including and a minimum length of vehicular entrances. Designated accessible parking 5200 mm (17ft); • Ontario Building Code (OBC) spaces shall • Type B shall have an stipulates that the minimum • be located on an accessible unobstructed rectangular unobstructed height of route complying with 4.1.4; area with a minimum width a below grade parking • be provided within 30m (98 ft. of 2400 mm (7 ft. 10-1/2 structure is 2.1m. 5 in.) of an accessible building in.) and a minimum length entrance; of 5200 mm (17ft); It is preferred that the above • have a firm, level surface with • incorporate pavement markings dimensions are followed; however, a maximum of 1.5% running containing the International in a retrofit situation where it is slope for drainage; Symbol of Access in accordance technically infeasible, use OBC • have a maximum cross slope of with Figure 4.4.7.4. dimensions. 1%; Markings to include a 1525 • have a height clearance of x 1525 (5 ft. x 5 ft.) white Accessible parallel parking stalls at least 2750 mm (9 ft.) at border and symbol with a blue should be at least 7250 mm the parking space and along background field colour; (23ft-10in.) in length and 4600 the vehicle access and egress • have an adjacent access aisle mm (15 ft.) in width. In a retrofit routes; and that situation where it it technically • incorporate signage as outlined • is at least 1500 mm (59 in.) infeasible to provide a depth of in this section. wide; 4600 mm (15 ft.), the depth may be • is clearly marked with high reduced to match the other parallel tonal contrast diagonal parking spaces on the street. lines; • may be shared between two It is preferred to provide a clear spaces; (Refer to Figures space of at least 2440 mm (96 in.) 4.3.12.1 and 4.3.12.2). by 2440 mm (96 in.) at the curb • where possible, provide the level, adjacent to the passenger option of access aisles on side for parallel parking spaces. either side of an accessible 300 mm min parking space; and (11-3/4 in.) • have a height clearance at the parking space and along P P
P in.) 8 1 ( 0 mm min 5 4 By Permit By Permit 2440 mm Only Only By Permit Only (96 in.) Van Maximum Fine Accessible $5000.00 Pathway to accessible Clear building entrance
space (47 in.) (96 in.) Curb 1200 mm cut to bottom of sign Grade 2440 mm Figure 4.3.12.3 Regulatory Parking Signage Access aisle (15 ft.)
Maximum Fine 4600 mm min (6 in.)
Figure 4.3.12.2 $5000.00 150 mm 1500 mm Parallel Parking 5750 mm min (23 ft 10 in.) (59 in.) Space 300 mm 7250 mm min (28 ft 9 in.) (11-3/4 in.) Figure 4.3.12.4 Second Accessible Parking Signage 69 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.12 PARKING
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A second sign to deter illegal usage • Municipalities must also consult (Continued) of the accessible parking space is with their municipal accessibility recommended to be mounted below advisory committees, in Indoor parking facilities shall the regulated sign outlined in figure accordance with AODA, IASR, incorporate a sign at the vehicle 4.3.12.4, noting the maximum fine Design of Public Spaces entrance indicating the minimum of $5000. Standards, Section 80.39. overhead clearance at the parking space and along the vehicle access Where the location of designated In this section, “designated and egress routes. parking spaces is not obvious public sector organization” or is distant from the approach means every municipality and Signage of accessible parking viewpoints, directional signage shall every person or organization spaces shall incorporate an official be placed along the route leading described in Schedule 1 of Ontario designated accessible parking space to the designated parking spaces. Regulation 191/11 (Integrated sign developed by the Ministry of Such directional signage shall Accessiblility Standards), but not Transportation (1991). incorporate the symbol of access persons or organizations listed in and the appropriate directional Column 1 of Table 1 to Ontario Each accessible parking space shall arrows. Regulation 146/10 (Public Bodies be designated with signage that is and Commission Public Bodies - • mounted vertically in a Where the location of the nearest Definitions) made under the Public permanent manner; accessible entrance is not obvious Service of Ontario Act, 2006. • if mounted on a post, or is distant from the approach the post shall be colour viewpoints, directional signs shall RELATED SECTIONS contrasted with the be placed along the route leading to the nearest accessible entrance background environment; 4.1.1 Space and Reach to the facility. Such directional • at least 300 mm (11-3/4 in.) Requirements signage will incorporate the symbol wide x 450 mm (17-3/4 in.) 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces of access and the appropriate high; 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead directional arrows. • installed at a height of Objects 1200 mm (47 in.) from the 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths When constructing or redeveloping ground/floor surface to the and Corridors existing on-street parking bottom edge of the sign; 4.1.10 Curb Ramps spaces, designated public sector • for perpendicular parking, 4.4.7 Signage organizations shall consult on centred on the parking space; 4.4.8 Detectable Warning the need, location and design of and Surfaces accessible on-street parking spaces • for parallel parking, located 4.4.13 Lighting and shall do so in the following toward the end of the parking 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes manner: space, on the opposite side from 4.4.15 Texture and Colour the access aisle. • Designated public sector organizations must consult with the public and persons with disabilities.
Total Number of Minimum Number of Required Accessible Parking Spaces Required Parking Spaces 12 or less 1 13 - 100 4% of the total (1)(2) 101 - 200 1 space plus 3% of the total (2) 201 - 1000 2 spaces plus 2% of the total (2) more than 1000 11 spaces plus 1% of the total (2) (1) Where only 1 accessible parking space is required, a Type A accessible parking space shall be provided. (2) Where more than 1 accessible parking space is required (2.1) if an even number of accessible parking spaces are required, an equal number of Type A and Type B accessible parking spaces must be provided; (2.2) if an odd number of accessible parking spaces are required, an equal Table 4.3.12 number of Type A and Type B accessible parking spaces must be provided and Designated Parking the odd space may be a Type B accessible parking space. Spaces Requirements (Table 3.1.3.1, City of Mississauga Zoning By-law 0225-2007.) 70 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.13 PASSENGER LOADING ZONES 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS In a retrofit situation where providing a 2440 mm (96 in.) wide Passenger-loading zones are Passenger-loading zones shall access aisle is technically infeasible, important features for individuals • be on an accessible route the access aisle width may be who may have difficulty in walking complying with 4.1.4; reduced to 2000 mm (78-3/4 in.). distances or those who use parallel • provide an access aisle that is transit systems. Accessible transit • at least 2440 mm (96 in.) RELATED SECTIONS vehicles typically require space for wide and 7400 mm (24 ft 3 the deployment of lifts or ramps in.) long; and overhead clearances. Protection • adjacent and parallel to the 4.1.1 Space and Reach from the elements will be beneficial vehicle pull-up space; and Requirements to all users and particularly those • separated from the walkway 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces that may have difficulty with either by a curb containing 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead mobility. a curb ramp that complies Objects with 4.1.10 or by a detect- 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and Corridors APPLICATION able warning surface that complies with 4.4.8. 4.1.10 Curb Ramps 4.4.7 Signage Where passenger-loading zones are • have a curb ramp complying 4.4.8 Detectable Warning provided, at least one shall comply with 4.1.10 where there are Surfaces with this section. curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space; 4.4.13 Lighting 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes Accessible passenger-loading zones and 4.4.15 Texture and Colour shall be identified withsignage • have a minimum vertical complying with applicable provisions clearance of 3600 mm (11 ft. of 4.4.7. 10 in.) at the loading zone and Figure 4.3.13.1 along the vehicle access route Clearances at A passenger loading zone typically to such areas to and from the Passenger Loading Zone includes a driveway, a lay-by for the site entrances. stopped vehicles, the access aisle for the loading and unloading, and the pedestrian path of travel.
Bollards between the access aisle and the lay-by can be used to prevent vehicles from pulling into the access aisle. (11’-10”) 7400 mm min (24'-3") 3600 mm min 2440 mm min 2440 mm min* (96 in.) (96 in.) vehicle space access aisle Access aisle min (96 in.) Curb ramp 2440 mm*
Figure 4.3.13.2 Passenger Loading Zone
Access aisle Curb ramp Figure 4.3.13.3 Alternate Passenger Loading Zone
min Configuration (96 in.) 7400 mm min
2440 mm* (24'-3")
* NOTE: In a retrofit situation where it is technically infeasible to provide the required access aisle width, the aisle width may be reduced to 2000 mm (78- 3/4 in.) 71 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.14 LANDSCAPING MATERIALS AND PLANTINGS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Temporary guy wires, such as those used when planting new trees, shall Landscape materials, trees, shrubs Accessible plant beds shall be be clearly identified using strong and plants should be selected and • located on an accessible route colour contrast. located with a wide variety of users complying with 4.1.4; and in mind. For instance, plants and • raised above the adjacent floor Tree guards shall conform to 4.1.3. shrubs with a variety of fragrances or ground surface 460 mm (18 can provide an interesting in.) up to 610 mm (24 in.). Overhanging branches of trees or orientation cue for persons with Dimensions will vary depending shrubs over walkways or paths shall vision loss/no vision. Using on the type of raised bed (i.e. not reduce the available headroom contrasting flowers nearwalkways closed in or open underneath). at any part of the walkway or path can also be helpful as a guide. If open underneath, knee to less than 2100 mm (82-3/4 in.). Plants with thorns may constitute clearance will need to be a walking hazard. Plants that drop considered. For further guidance RELATED SECTIONS large seed pods can present slipping refer to document: "Barrier- hazards, as well as difficulties for Free Community Gardening pushing a wheelchair. Plantings and in Waterloo Region": http:// 4.1.1 Space and Reach tree limbs that overhang pathways chd.region.waterloo.on.ca/ Requirements can impede all users and be a en/partnersProfessionals/ 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces particular hazard to an individual resources/BarrierFreeGardens_ 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead with a vision loss/no vision. Guide.pdf. Objects 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and Raised beds can better Where variations in grading Corridors accommodate persons who use a immediately adjacent to pedestrian 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Surfaces mobility device or those that have walkways are potentially hazardous 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes difficulty in bending to enjoy or tend (particularly to persons who are 4.4.15 Texture and Colour to plantings. visually impaired), the hazardous edges of the walkway shall The use of unit pavers as a incorporate clearly defined, cane- walking/wheeling surface is not detectable curbs at least 75 mm (3 recommended, unless they are laid in.) high. in a location that is not subject to the effects of settlement and frost Shrubs with thorns and sharp heave, such as over a structural edges shall be planted at least 920 slab or indoors. mm (36 in.) away from accessible pathways and seating areas. APPLICATION Plants that drop large seed pods Landscaping materials and plantings shall not overhang or be positioned contained within the site shall near accessible paths or walkways. comply with this section. Permanent guy wires shall not be Where plant beds are provided for used in any area which is intended gardening use of the general public, for use by the general public, clients, customers or employees, at clients, customers or employees. least 10% of the area of the plant beds, but not less than one, shall comply with this section. (82-3/4 in.)
2100 mm min
680 mm max (26-3/4 in.)
Figure 4.3.14.1 Tree Guard
72 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.15 BENCHES 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE RELATED SECTIONS
Benches provide convenient resting 4.1.1 Space and Reach places for all individuals and are Requirements especially important for those who 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces may have difficulty with standing 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead or walking for extended periods. Objects Benches should be placed adjacent 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths to pedestrian walkways to provide and Corridors convenient rest places without 4.4.8 Detectable Warning becoming potential obstructions. Surfaces Appropriate seat heights can facili- 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes tate sitting and rising for individuals 4.4.15 Texture and Colour such as senior citizens. Armrests may also provide assistance in sit- *75 mm min (3 in.) high ting and rising. A person with vision curb (optional depending loss/no vision may find it easier to on location ie. if there is 920 mm min locate benches if they are located a drop off.) (36 in.) adjacent to a landmark, such as a large tree, a bend in a pathway, or a sound source. Bench
APPLICATION
All benches, except those located in Contrasting walking 1370 mm min (54 in.) unpaved areas of parks, wilderness, surface beach or unpaved picnic areas, shall be accessible to persons using wheelchairs or other mobility * To reduce need for 75mm edge devices. Accessible protection where bench is located pathway adjacent to 3:1 grade change, DESIGN REQUIREMENTS provide a minimum 1000 mm (39-3/8 in.) shoulder with a 2% Benches shall slope from edge of bench pad. • be adjacent to an accessible Where a 1.0m shoulder cannot route complying with 4.1.4; be provided, 75mm high • be stable; edge protection must be provided. • have a seat height between 450 Figure 4.3.15.1 mm (17-3/4 in.) and 500 mm Rest Area (19-5/8 in.) from the ground; • have arm and back rests; • be of contrasting colour to their background; and • have an adjacent level, firm ground surface at least 920 mm (36 in.) x 1370 mm (54 in.). Armrests (17 3/4- 450-500 mm
19 5/8 in.)
Figure 4.3.15.2 Bench Seating 73 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.16 PUBLIC USE EATING AREAS
RATIONALE Illumination is a consideration when RELATED SECTIONS positioning outdoor eating areas. Tables with an extension of the Lighting should comply with the 4.1.1 Space and Reach table surface make them accessible requirements of 4.4.13. Requirements to a person using a wheelchair. 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces In a retrofit situation where it is 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead A firm, level surface around the technically infeasible to provide Objects table, with an accessible path the required level surface, the 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths leading to the table, is required for dimensions may be reduced to min. and Corridors wheelchair and scooter accessibility. 1220 mm (48 in.) on all sides. 4.4.8 Detectable Warning A change in texture from a pathway Surfaces to the table area is an important 4.4.13 Lighting cue for a person with vision loss/no 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes vision. 4.4.15 Texture and Colour
Tables that have the support leg(s) in the centre of the table provide a higher level of accessibility.
APPLICATION
If tables are provided in an 5 mm accessible public or common use 4 in.) 6 3 - 8
area, at least 20%, but not less 2 - 27 in.) 3
(
( 0
than one, for each cluster of tables 5 mm min 1 8 8
shall comply with this section. It is 6
preferable to have all tables comply with this section. 480 mm min Table seating should provide a (19 in.) variety of locations that allow a Figure 4.3.16.1 choice of view, sun or shade, and Height and Knee Space at protection from outdoor elements Accessible Tables such as wind or rain.
Ensure that chairs with armrests are provided for banquet halls, restaurants and cafeterias.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Firm level ground
Tables shall (78-3/4 in.)
• have an accessible route leading 2000 mm min to the table, and be adjacent to an accessible route complying with 4.1.4; • have knee space under the table at least 810 mm (32 in.) wide by 480 mm (19 in.) deep and 685 mm (27 in.) high; • have its top surface located between 810 mm (32 in.) to 865 mm (34 in.) above the 2000 mm min 1220 mm min finished floor or ground surface; (78-3/4 in.) (48 in.) • be of contrasting colour to their background; and • have a level, firm ground surface extending min. 2000 Figure 4.3.16.2 mm (78-3/4 in.) on at least two Accessible Tables sides of the table for persons 1220 mm min (48 in.) who use wheelchairs or scooters and min. 1220 mm (48 in.) on the other sides. 74 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.17 STREETSCAPES 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE APPLICATION DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Clear paths of travel are important Streetscape elements, including but Clearances along pedestrian routes to all individuals using sidewalks not limited to, waste receptacles, must comply with 4.1.3. and pathways. light standards, signs, planters, mail boxes, vending machines, benches, Primary pedestrian routes shall Streetscape elements such as traffic signals and utility boxes provide a clear and maintained newspaper boxes, trash bins, located along sidewalks or paths accessible route of at least outdoor patios and bus shelters of travel and contained within the 2100 mm (82-5/8 in.) wide along present a barrier to all pedestrians, site, shall comply with this section, the sidewalk. especially those that require including streetscape elements additional space for use of that are located inside or outside of Non-primary pedestrian routes, wheelchairs, scooters, strollers or facilities. shall provide a clear and maintained delivery carts. For persons with accessible route at least 1500 mm a visual impairment, unidentified All waste receptacles, except those (59 in.) wide along the sidewalk. obstructions within pathways can located in unpaved areas of parks, present a hazard. wilderness, beach or unpaved picnic The accessible routes along primary areas or large industrial containers, pedestrian routes must be identified Benches can provide a resting place shall be accessible to persons using a minimum 300 mm for an individual with difficulty in using wheelchairs or other mobility (11-3/4 in.) wide continuous walking distances. Such furniture devices. contrasting surface along each should incorporate strong colour side of the accessible route. It is contrasts and be located off preferred that all accessible routes pathways, to minimize its potential include a minimum 300 mm (11- as an obstruction to pedestrians. 3/4 in.) indicator surface along each side. The efficient and thorough removal of snow and ice are also essential to Building outdoor pathways. 300 mm min. (12 in.) Contrasting surface Contrasting surface 300 mm min. (can be grass) 2100 mm min. Clear path of travel (12 in.) (84-118 in.) Hard surfaced amenity strip 1500 mm min. (60 in.) Clear path of travel 600 mm min. (23-5/8 in.) 300 mm min. (12 in.)
Figure 4.3.17.1 Typical Streetscape Configurations Downtown Core Area Suburban
300 mm min. (12 in.) Outdoor patio Bench
Clear path Contrasting walking of travel surface (59 in.) 1500 mm min 600 mm min. Trash News (23-5/8 in.) Sign
hard-surfaced amenity strip
Figure 4.3.17.2 Streetscape 75 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.17 STREETSCAPES
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Waste receptacles and recycling RELATED SECTIONS (Continued) bins shall be clearly identified by suitable lettering, in compliance 4.1.1 Space and Reach Streetscape elements shall with the relevant parts of 4.4.7. Requirements • not reduce the required width of 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces the accessible route; Where lids or openings are provided 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead • be cane-detectable, in on waste receptacles and recycling Objects compliance with 4.1.3; bins, they shall be mounted no 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths • be consistently located to one higher than 1060 mm (42 in.) and Corridors side of the accessible route, above the adjacent floor or ground 4.1.6 Doors entirely within an amenity strip surface. Opening mechanisms shall 4.1.10 Curb Ramps that is hard-surfaced, at least comply with 4.4.2. 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains 600 mm (23-5/8 in.) wide, and 4.3.11 Balconies, Porches, Terraces is identified using aindicator Where mailboxes are provided on and Patios surface; a site for facility and/or community 4.3.12 Parking • be securely mounted within an access, they shall 4.3.13 Passenger Loading Zones amenity strip, minimum 600 • be located immediately 4.3.15 Benches mm (23-5/8 in.) wide, located adjacent to an accessible route; 4.3.16 Public Use Eating Areas adjoining walkways, paths of • incorporate a clear area at 4.3.19 Service Animal Relief Areas travel, sidewalks and other least 760 mm (30 in.) wide x 1370 4.4.3 Vending and Ticketing accessible routes; and mm (54 in.) long in front of usable Machines • incorporate pronounced colour parts; 4.4.5 Public Telephones contrast to differentiate it from • where provided, have 4.4.7 Signage the surrounding environment. slots for posting mail located to be 4.4.8 Detectable Warning reachable from a seated position; Surfaces Waste receptacles and recycling • where provided, have at 4.4.13 Lighting bins shall be large enough to least 10%, but no less than one, 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes contain the anticipated amount of mailbox for collecting mail, located 4.4.15 Texture and Colour waste, so that overflows do not to be reachable from a seated cause a tripping hazard. position; • have operating mechanisms Waste receptacles and recycling in compliance with 4.4.2; and bins in accessible open areas, such • be kept clear of snow. as parks, wilderness areas, beaches or picnic areas, shall be mounted on firm, level pads adjacent to thepath or sidewalk (but not directly beside seating areas).
Contrasting walking surface across plaza Open plaza Open plaza
Clear path of travel
Figure 4.3.17.3 Pathway across Open Plaza
76 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.18 KITCHENS AND KITCHENETTES 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE The use of colour contrast between or walls within kitchen work kitchen elements will assist areas. In a retrofit situation where Kitchens, kitchenettes and coffee persons with low vision locate providing a 2440 mm (96 in.) space stations require an appropriate surfaces, appliances and controls. is technically infeasible, this space level of access to be useable by Darker coloured work surfaces are may be reduced to 2130 mm (84 persons with disabilities. Adequate preferable as they make it easier to in.). manoeuvring space is required identify objects located on them. for users of mobility equipment to Storage elements shall approach and use work surfaces, APPLICATION • be located on an accessible storage elements and appliances. A route with adjacent clear floor frontal approach to work surfaces Kitchens and kitchenettes intended space in compliance with 4.1.1; and appliances is generally for use by staff or the public shall • comply with at least one of the preferred, except at refrigerators comply with this section. Exception: reach ranges specified in 4.1.1; where a side approach is preferred. Commercial kitchens. and Where a frontal approach is used, • incorporate operable portions in knee space and toe space are At least 50% of shelf space in compliance with 4.4.2. required. storage facilities shall comply with this section. Kitchen sinks shall • be located on an accessible min 1100 mm DESIGN REQUIREMENTS route with adjacent clear (43-1/4 in.) floor space for a forward Pass-through kitchens shall have approach. Exceptions: A parallel • where counters, appliances or approach is permitted to a cabinets are on two opposing kitchen sink where a cook top sides, or when counters, or conventional range is not appliances or cabinets are provided and to wet bars; • where a forward approach is DW Clear space opposite a parallel wall, clearance between all opposing provided, incorporate knee base cabinets, counter tops, space below at least 810 mm appliances, or walls within a (32 in.) wide, 480 mm (18-7/8 kitchen work area of 1100 mm in.) deep, and 685 mm (27 in.) (43-1/4 in.) minimum; and high; Oven • two entries. • have the height of the rim or the counter top (whichever is Side-by-side U-shaped kitchens enclosed on higher) 710–856 mm (28-34 fridge/freezer three continuous sides shall have in.); • incorporate faucets and other Figure 4.3.18.1 a minimum clearance of 2440 mm controls in compliance with Pass-Through Kitchen (96 in.) between all opposing base cabinets, counter tops, appliances, 4.4.2;
Side by side Oven fridge/freezer Colour contrast between elements min 2440 mm* Clear space (96 in.) (43-1/4 in.) min 1100 mm (47 in.) Oven "D" type pulls 1200 mm max Island (34 in.) Dark colour work surface 865 mm max DW Front mount receptacle Side by side DW Clear 480 mm min Minimum space knee- clear space fridge/freezer (27 in.) (18-7/8space in.) 685 mm min * In a retrofit situation where it is technically infeasible to provide min 1100 mm 2440 mm (96 in.), this dimension may be reduced to 2130 mm (84 810 mm in.) (43-1/4 in.) (32 in.)
Figure 4.3.18.2 Figure 4.3.18.3 Figure 4.3.18.4 U-Shaped Kitchen L-Shaped Kitchen with Island Storage Elements 77 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3 OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.18 KITCHENS AND KITCHENETTES
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Ranges and cooktops shall Refrigerators/freezers shall (Continued) • incorporate controls that are • be configured with at least 50% located to avoid reaching across of the freezer space maximum • have water supply and drain the burners; and 1370 mm (54 in.) above the pipes under the sink insulated • where a forward approach is floor; and or otherwise configured to provided • incorporate clear floor space in protect against contact; and • incorporate knee space front, positioned for a parallel • incorporate no sharp or abrasive below at least 810 mm (32 approach immediately adjacent surfaces under the sink. in.) wide, 480 mm (18-7/8 to the refrigerator/freezer, with in.) deep, and 685 mm (27 the centre-line of the clear floor Kitchen appliances shall in.) high; and space offset 610 mm (24 in.) • be located on an accessible • insulate or otherwise maximum from the front face of route with adjacent clear floor configure the appliance to the refrigerator/freezer. space in compliance with 4.1.1; prevent burns, abrasions, or and electrical shock. Kitchen elements shall incorporate • incorporate controls and colour contrast to visually operable portions in compliance Ovens shall differentiate the cabinets and with 4.4.2. Exceptions: • have controls located on the appliances from adjacent wall and Appliance doors and door front panels, mounted no higher floor surfaces, the countertop from latching devices. than 1400 mm (55-1/8 in.); the cabinets and adjacent walls, and • where side-hinged doors are operable hardware on cabinets. Dishwashers shall incorporate used, be located clear floor space adjacent to the • with an adjacent work RELATED SECTIONS dishwasher door. The dishwasher surface positioned adjacent door, in the open position, shall not to the latch side of the door; 4.1.1 Space and Reach obstruct the clear floor space for the and Requirements dishwasher or the sink. • incorporate a pull-out shelf below the oven; and 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces • where bottom-hinged doors 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead Objects Lever type handle are used, be located with or automatic an adjacent work surface 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and Corridors Pipes offset positioned adjacent to one side to rear or of the door. 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources insulated 4.4.13 Lighting In facilities with childrens' 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes programs, ranges, cooktops and 4.4.15 Texture and Colour
ovens shall be equipped with a safety switch to de-activate (28-34 in.) 685 mm (27 in.) 710-856 mm appliance controls.
Additional toe-space 480 mm beyond (18-7/8 in.)1370 mm min clear space (54 in.) Figure 4.3.18.5 Side by side fridge/freezer Kitchen Sink preferred or 50% of freezer space max 1370 mm high if stacked Wall mount Controls that oven Colour contrasts do not require Centreline of clear space between reaching Adjacent wall/counter/
across burners counter (55-1/8 in.) appliance/controls
surface max 1400 mm 610 mm max Adjacent (24 in.) counter surface Pull-out shelf
Minimum clear space Kneespace Figure 4.3.18.7 Figure 4.3.18.8 Fridge/Freezer Wall-Mounted Oven 480 mm (18-7/8 in.) 810 mm
(27 in.) (32 in.) 685 mm min Figure 4.3.18.6 78 Cook Top 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.3.19 SERVICE ANIMAL RELIEF AREAS 4.3 OTHER AMENITIES
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
Persons who use a guide dog, who Service animal relief areas shall; 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths are accompanied by a working • Be adjacent to an accessible and Corridors companion dog or who utilize other route complying with 4.1.4; 4.3.17 Streetscapes service animals to assist them • Be located within 30 metres 4.4.7 Signage with mobility, require access to (98 ft. 5 in.) of an accessible an area for their service animal to entrance; relieve themselves. Such service • Be an unobstructed, dedicated animal relief areas need to be in an space at least 1500 x 1500 mm accessible location, feature good (59 x 59 in.) in size; drainage and provide a garbage can • Incorporate a ground surface for waste disposal. with drainage (Note: grass is preferable to gravel); APPLICATION • Incorporate an accessible garbage can; Service animal relief areas should • Be located away from busy be provided near large public traffic areas such as vehicular facilities, such as community access routes and loading centres, arenas, sports fields, parks docks; and and outdoor recreation areas, any • Be identified by signage saying building where a service animal “Service Animal Relief Area” owner is employed, and in buildings complying with 4.4.7. of assembly occupancy which incorporate a meeting space for 50 or more people.
79 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
This page intentionally left blank.
80 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.1 EMERGENCY EXITS, FIRE EVACUATION 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS AND AREAS OF RESCUE ASSISTANCE
RATIONALE A horizontal exit meeting the • incorporate a 2-way voice requirements of the Ontario Building communication system for use In order to be accessible to all Code shall satisfy the requirements between each area of rescue individuals, emergency exits must for an area of rescue assistance. assistance and the central alarm include the same accessibility and control facility; and features as other doors specified DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • be identified withsignage in 4.1.6. The doors and routes in compliance with the must also be marked in a way Where emergency warning systems applicable provisions of 4.4.7, that is accessible to all individuals, are provided, they shall include both stating AREA OF RESCUE including those who may have audible alarms and visible alarms. ASSISTANCE and incorprating difficulty with literacy, such as Visual alarms shall comply with the international symbol children or persons speaking a 4.4.4. for accessibility for disabled different language. Persons with persons. vision loss/no vision will need a Accessible means of egress shall means of quickly locating exits – comply with 4.1.4. RELATED SECTIONS audio or talking signs could assist. In the event of fire when elevators Accessible means of egress shall 4.1.1 Space and Reach cannot be used, areas of rescue be identified withsignage in Requirements assistance are an asset to anyone compliance with the applicable 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces who would have difficulty traversing provisions of 4.4.7. 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead sets of stairs. Objects Optional: Evacuation chairs may be 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths APPLICATION placed at significant areas where and Corridors applicable. 4.1.6 Doors In facilities, or portions of facilities, 4.4.2 Controls and Operating required to be accessible, accessible Areas of rescue assistance shall Mechanisms means of egress shall be provided • be located on an accessible 4.4.4 Visual Alarms in the same number as required for route complying with 4.1.4; 4.4.7 Signage exits by the Ontario Building Code. • incorporate the number of 4.4.8 Detectable Warning rescue spaces in accordance Surfaces Where required exits from a floor with Table 4.4.1; 4.4.9 Public Address Systems level are not accessible, areas of • be of a size that allows a 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes rescue assistance shall be provided minimum floorspace of 850 mm 4.4.15 Texture and Colour on the floor level in a number equal (33-1/2 in.) x 1370 mm (54 in.) to that of the required exits. per non-ambulatory occupant; Occupant load of Minimum number • be separated from the floor area the floor area of rescue spaces Every occupiable level in non- by a fire separation having a served by the area residential occupancies above or fire-resistance rating at least of rescue below the firststorey (as defined by equal to that required for an assistance the Ontario Building Code) that is exit; 1 to 400 2 accessible, shall • be served by an exit or Over 400 3 plus 1 for each additional increment • be served by an elevator that firefighters’ elevator; of 200 persons in has protection features, as • be designated as an area of excess of 400 specified in the Ontario Building rescue assistance for persons persons Code; or with disabilities on the facility Table 4.4.1 • be divided into at least two plans and in the facility; Number of Rescue zones by fire separations, as • be smoke protected in facilities Spaces specified in the Ontario Building of more than three storeys; Code. Wheelchair space 850 x 1370 mm In occupiable levels above or (33-1/2 x 54 in.) below the firststorey in residential occupancies, the requirements for a protected elevator or two fire zones Up may be waived, if an appropriate balcony (as specified in the Ontario Building Code) is provided for each suite. Figure 4.4.1.1 Areas of rescue assistance shall Area of Rescue 600 mm comply with this section. Assistance (23-5/8 in.)
81 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.2 CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Controls and operating mechanisms shall be capable of being illuminated Operating mechanisms that require A clear, level floor area at least 760 to at least a level of 100 lux (9.2 a high degree of dexterity or mm x 1370 mm (30 in. x 54 in.) ft-candles). strength will be difficult for many shall be provided at controls and people to use. They can also be operating mechanisms, such as Controls and operating mechanisms obstacles for children, individuals dispensers and receptacles. shall incorporate a pronounced with arthritis or even someone colour contrast, to differentiate wearing gloves. Controls that The operable portions of controls them from the surrounding require two hands to operate can and operating mechanisms such as environment. also be difficult for some people, electrical switches, thermostats and particularly those with reach or intercom switches, shall be located RELATED SECTIONS balance limitations, or those who between 900 mm (35-1/2 in.) and must use their hands to hold canes 1100 mm (43-1/4 in.) from the or crutches. floor. Thermostats and manual pull 4.1.1 Space and Reach stations shall be mounted Requirements The placement of controls is 1200 mm (47-1/4 in.) above the 4.1.3 Protruding Objects and integral to their accessibility. For floor. Exceptions: Elevators and Overhead the individual using a wheelchair, power door operator controls - Refer 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths the height of the controls and the to 4.1.6 and 4.1.14. For card-entry and Corridors space to position the wheelchair in systems an encoded entry/exit 4.1.6 Doors front of the controls are important. systems such as keypads - Refer to 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and Controls placed high on a wall are 4.4.11. Openings also difficult for children or persons 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens of short stature. Electrical outlets and other types and Sidelights of devices shall be located no 4.1.14 Elevators Individuals with vision loss/no vision lower than 400 mm (15-3/4 in.). 4.1.15 Platform Lifts may have difficulty with flush- Exception: Where electrical outlets 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls mounted buttons, touch screens or are provided as components of 4.2.3 Toilets controls without tactile markings. systems furniture, these devices 4.2.4 Lavatories Controls that contrast in colour from need not comply with this section 4.2.5 Urinals their background, including colour- provided they are installed in 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories contrasted raised letters, may addition to electrical outlets 4.2.7 Universal Washrooms be easier to find by an individual required by the Authority having 4.2.8 Bathtubs with vision loss/no vision. Persons Jurisdiction. 4.2.9 Showers with cognitive challenges may find 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains counterintuitive controls or graphics Faucets and other controls shall 4.3.4 Change/Dressing Rooms difficult. be hand-operated or electronically 4.3.5 Offices, Work Areas and controlled. Meeting Rooms 4.3.9 Storage, Shelving and APPLICATION Hand-operated controls and Display Units 4.3.10 Lockers and Baggage Controls and operating mechanisms mechanisms shall be operable Storage generally used by staff or public • with a closed fist; 4.3.17 Streetscapes (e.g., light switches and dispenser • without tight grasping, pinching, 4.4.3 Vending and Ticketing controls) shall comply with this or twisting of the wrist; and Machines section. Exception: Restricted- • with a force of no more than 4.4.5 Public Telephones access controls. than 22N (5 lb.). 4.4.10 Information Systems Thermostat Fire Alarm 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and Security Systems 4.4.13 Lighting 4.4.15 Texture and Colour Optimum Keypad 200 mm Range (7-7/8 in.) Intercom Switch Swipe Outlet (47 in.) 1200 mm (43-1/4 in.)
1100 mm max Figure 4.4.2.1 400 mm min (15-3/4 in.) Reach Range for Accessible Controls
82 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.3 VENDING AND TICKETING MACHINES 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
Space in front of vending machines Vending and ticketing machines 4.1.1 Space and Reach allows for manoeuvrability of shall be located on an accessible Requirements mobility aids. Seating areas route in compliance with 4.1.4. 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths and tables adjacent to vending and Corridors machines offer convenience and Clear floor space in front of vending 4.4.2 Controls and Operating should accommodate the spatial and ticketing machines shall Mechanisms requirements of a wheelchair conform to 4.1.1. 4.4.15 Texture and Colour or scooter. The selection of the machines should include a number The controls and operating of factors. Operating mechanisms mechanisms on vending and should be within reach of children ticketing machines shall comply with and individuals in wheelchairs. The 4.4.2. mechanisms should be operable with one hand and minimal Signage on vending and ticketing strength, to accommodate a host of machines shall be in highly disabilities including arthritis, or the contrasting lettering, at least 13 need to stabilize oneself with a cane mm (1/2 in.) high. Ideally, lettering or a handful of bags. Lighting levels and signage shall comply with and colour contrasts make the relevant parts of 4.4.7. machine more accessible to those with vision loss/no vision.
APPLICATION
Vending and ticketing machines shall comply with this section.
SNACKS Coin slot Switch t r a in.) p 4
/ e l 1 - b 3 a r 4 ( e
p x o a
t s m e h g i h
o t 1100 mm (43-1/4 in.) 1100 mm max Outlet
8 1 0 mm (3 Clear Space 2 in.) Change return 1370 mm 400 mm min (15-3/4 in.) (54 in.)
Figure 4.4.3.1 Figure 4.4.3.2 Vending Machine Ticket Dispensing Machine
83 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.4 VISUAL ALARMS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
Visual alarms are essential safety Visual alarm signals shall have the 4.4.1 Emergency Exits, Fire features for individuals who are following minimum photometric and Evacuation and Areas of deaf, deafened or hard of hearing location features: Rescue Assistance such that they would not hear an • the lamp shall be a Xenon audible alarm. strobe type or equivalent; • the colour shall be clear or APPLICATION nominal white (i.e. unfiltered or clear filtered white light); Visual alarms shall comply with this • the maximum pulse duration section. shall be two-tenths of one second (0.2 sec) with a At a minimum, visual alarm maximum duty cycle of 40 appliances shall be provided in percent. The pulse duration facilities in each of the following is defined as the time interval areas: restrooms and any other between initial and final points general usage areas (e.g., meeting of 10% of maximum signal; rooms), hallways, lobbies and any • the intensity shall be a other areas for common use. minimum of 75 candela; • the flash rate shall be a Visual alarm signal appliances minimum of 1 Hz and a shall be integrated into the facility maximum of 3 Hz; alarm system. If single-station • the appliance shall be placed audible alarms are provided, then 2100 mm (82-3/4 in.) above single-station visual alarms shall be the floor level within thespace provided. or 150 mm (5-7/8 in.) below the ceiling, whichever is lower; A signal intended for the public to • in general, no place in any indicate the operation of a building room or space required to security system that controls access have a visual signal appliance, to a building shall consist of an shall be more than 15 meters audible and visual signal. (50 ft.) from the signal (in the horizontal plane). In large rooms and spaces exceeding 30 meters (100 ft.) across, without obstructions 2000 mm (78-3/4 in.) above the finished floor, such as auditoriums, devices may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum of 30 meters (100 ft.) apart, in lieu of suspending appliances from the ceiling; • no place in common corridors or hallways in which visual alarm signalling appliances are required shall be more than 15 m (50 ft.) from the signal; and • visual component to smoke alarms to conform to the requirements in 18.5.3. (Light, Colour, and Pulse Characteristics) of NFPA 72 “National Fire Alarm and Signalling Code”.
84 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.5 PUBLIC TELEPHONES 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
RATIONALE APPLICATION Signage complying with applicable provisions of 4.4.7 shall be The placement of telephones should Where public pay phones, public provided. address the limited reach of children closed-circuit phones, or other or persons in a seated position. public telephones are provided, they Where an interior public pay Longer cords facilitate the use of the shall comply with this section to the telephone is provided, then at least phone for someone unable to get extent required by Table 4.4.5. one interior public text telephone close to the phone due to a mobility (TTY) shall be provided in the device. Adjustable volume controls All telephones required to be facility in a public use area. are important for persons who are accessible shall be equipped with a hard of hearing, as are shelves volume control. In addition, 25%, Where an interior public pay that could support a TDD device. but never less than one, of all other telephone is provided in the secured A fold-down seat is an asset to public telephones provided shall area of a detention or correctional someone having difficulty standing be equipped with a volume control facility subject to 4.5.8, then at for extended periods. Telephones and shall be dispersed among least one public text telephone shall projecting from a wall may present all types of public telephones, also be provided in at least one a hazard, particularly to persons including closed-circuit telephones, secured area. Secured areas are with vision loss/no vision, if the throughout the facility. those areas used only by detainees sides are not configured to be cane- or inmates and security personnel. detectable. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Accessible telephones shall be on an accessible route complying with 4.1.4. t
r Telephones, enclosures and related a p
equipment shall comply with 4.1.3. /4 in.) e l 1 - b 3 a r 4
( Telephones shall have push- e
x p
a button controls where service for o in.)
e
t m
c min 500 wide in.) s
29 such equipment is available. The n min 500 wide e 4 ( x 250 high
in.) a 3 h r x ( 4 x 350 mm deep characters on the push buttons shall
a g x 350 mm deep a 3 i x e (
l shelf
directory h
a
m space for TTY contrast with their background,
865 mm
c
o
m (19-3/4 x 13-3/4 in.) t
e (19-1/2 x 13-3/4 which should be non-glare (matte 1100 mm e x 9-7/8 in.) n finish), and the buttons themselves k
740 mm should contrast with their
865 mm background. Figure 4.4.5.1 Figure 4.4.5.2 Accessible Telephone Accessible Telephone for The minimum handset cord length for persons who use Persons who are Deaf, of accessible telephones shall be Wheelchairs or Scooters Deafened, Hard of Hearing, 1000 mm (39-3/8 in.). or Speech-Impaired The minimum illumination level at operating mechanisms, the Number of each type Number of accessible Number of accessible directory, and shelf of accessible of telephone telephones required for telephones required for telephones shall be 200 lux (18.4 provided on each persons who use persons who are deaf, ft-candles). floor wheelchairs or scooters deafened or hard of hearing 1 or more single units 1 per floor 1 per floor 1 bank 1 per floor 1 per floor 2 or more banks 1 per bank (Accessible 1 per bank (Accessible phones phones may be installed as may be installed as single units single units in proximity to in proximity to (i.e. either (i.e. either visible or with visible or with signage) the signage) the bank. At least bank. At least one public one public telephone per telephone per floor shall meet floor shall meet the the requirements for a forward requirements for a forward reach telephone. reach telephone.
Table 4.4.5 Number of Accessible Telephones Required Note: A bank consists of two or more adjacent public telephones, often installed as a unit. 85 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.5 PUBLIC TELEPHONES
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Text telephones (TTY’s) used with a When directional signs for (Continued) pay telephone shall be permanently telephones are installed, they shall affixed within, or adjacent to, the include the appropriate access Accessible telephones shall telephone enclosure. If an acoustic symbols. • comply with CSA Standard coupler is used, the telephone cord T515; shall be sufficiently long to allow RELATED SECTIONS • have operable portions within connection of the text telephone (TTY) and the telephone receiver. the reach ranges specified in 4.1.1 Space and Reach 4.1.1 and the coin slot, located Requirements As new phone technology is maximum 1100 mm 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead developed for persons who are deaf (43-1/4 in.) above the floor; Objects or hard of hearing, installation of • have a shelf of at least 350 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths these devices should be strongly mm (13-3/4 in.) deep by 500 and Corridors considered (i.e. video relay). mm (19-3/4 in.) wide with a 4.4.2 Controls and Operating minimum 250 mm (9-7/8 in.) Mechanisms Accessible telephones shall be clear space above the shelf, 4.4.7 Signage identified by the appropriate symbol to accommodate the use of a 4.4.13 Lighting of accessibility for mobility impaired portable text telephone; 4.4.15 Texture and Colour • have a separate telephone persons and/or persons who are directory shelf (TTY only); deaf or hard of hearing. • be equipped with an electrical outlet, within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure (TTY only); • be equipped with a handset min 500 wide /8 in.)
x 350 mm deep 7 capable of being placed flush - director y shelf 7 1 5 mm max on the surface of the shelf (TTY (
(19-3/4 x 13-3/4 in.) 5 only); 4 • have a clear floor space of not less than 810 mm (32 in.) wide centred on phone by 1370 mm 0 mm
(54 in.) deep in front of the 1 32 in.) 8 telephone. NOTE: This space ( may extend maximum 480 mm (18-7/8 in.) beneath the telephone shelf where knee space clearance of minimum 1370 mm 810 mm (32 in.) wide, 480 mm (54 in.) (18-7/8 in.) deep, and 740 mm (29 in.) is provided; and Figure 4.4.5.3 • have the top surface of a sec- Parallel Approach to a Public Telephone tion of shelf or counter serving at least 1 telephone shall be 775 mm (31 in.) to 865 mm (34 in.). Clear floor space min 500 wide x
protrusion max 350 mm deep shelf below shelf (19-3/4 x 13-3/4 in.) (28 in.) (32 in.) (19-1/8 in.) 485 mm 710 mm max (18-7/8 in.) 480 mm max 810 mm min (54 in.) 1370 mm (clear floor space)
810 mm (32 in.)
Figure 4.4.5.4 Forward Approach to a Public Telephone 86 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.6 ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEMS 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
The provision of assistive listening Signage complying with applicable 4.4.7 Signage devices is important for the range of provisions of 4.4.7 shall be installed 4.4.13 Lighting individuals who may have difficulty to notify patrons of the availability 4.4.16 Acoustics hearing. of a listening system.
Adequate and controllable lighting Induction loops, infrared systems is required for persons who lip-read, and FM radio frequency systems or those who require increased shall be considered acceptable types task lighting, due to vision loss/no of assistive listening systems for vision. persons who are hard of hearing.
APPLICATION Where an induction loop system is installed, dimmer switches and Assistive listening systems shall other controls that incorporate comply with this section. transformer coils shall be located so as not to interfere with the audio This section applies to assembly induction loop. areas where audible communication is integral to the use of the space Where infrared assistive listening (e.g., concert theatres, meeting devices are used, overhead rooms, classrooms, auditoria, etc.). incandescent lights shall be located Such assembly areas shall have so as not to cancel out the infrared a permanently installed listening signal at the receiver. system in compliance with this section where: Where an FM loop system or (1) they accommodate at least 50 other assistive listening devices persons or where they have audio are available in public facilities or amplification systems or where meeting areas, portable headsets greater than 100 sq.m. (1080 that are compatible with personal sq.ft.) in floor area; and hearing aids shall be made (2) they have fixed seating. available.
For other assembly areas, a Where an induction loop system is permanently installed listening utilized, at least half the seating system or an adequate number area shall be encompassed. of electrical outlets or other supplementary wiring necessary Where the listening system provided to support a portable assistive serves individual fixed seats, such listening system shall be provided. seats shall be located within a The minimum number of receivers 15 m (50-ft.) viewing distance of to be provided shall be equal to 4% the stage or playing area and shall of the total number of seats, but no have a complete view of the stage less than two. or playing area.
87 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.7 SIGNAGE
RATIONALE signage to indicate the route DESIGN REQUIREMENTS to the nearest accessible Signage should be simple, entrance); Letters and numbers on signs shall uncluttered and incorporate plain • accessible toilet and bathing • be sans serif (i.e. Helvetica, language. The use of graphic facilities, including single-use Univers 55, Verdana, Arial);* symbols is helpful for individuals portable units, when not all are • have Arabic numbers; such as children; those with a accessible; • have a width-to-height ratio limited literacy level; or those who • accessible telephones; between 3:5 and 1:1; and speak a different language. • accessible elevators and other • have a stroke-width-to-height elevating devices; ratio between 1:5 and 1:10. Sharp contrasts in colour make • accessible means of egress; and signage easier for anyone to read, • areas of rescue assistance. Note: particularly someone with vision Character height dimensions for loss/no vision. The intent of the Audible signs (infrared and digital) viewing distance shall comply with symbol must be evident, culturally that are readable by persons Table 4.4.7. universal and not counterintuitive. with vision loss/no vision using a To enhance readability, raised tactile receiving device may be the sole Signage should use a mix of upper lettering should incorporate edges orientation aid across open spaces. and lower case letters. that are slightly smoothed. Consideration should be given to including wire drops for future Characters, symbols and APPLICATION installation. backgrounds of signs shall have an eggshell, matte or other glare-free Signage shall comply with this finish. section. Characters and symbols shall Signs that designate permanent have high tonal contrast with their rooms or spaces shall be wall- background; either light characters mounted and include tactile on a dark background or dark characters and numbers. Tactile characters on a light background. markings shall also supplement the text of Where signs are required to be 1. regulatory signs, such as tactile, letters and numerals shall be Figure 4.4.7.1 prohibition and mandatory • raised at least 0.8 mm (1/32 Colour Contrast on Signs signs; in.), not sharply edged; 2. warning signs, such as caution • be between 16 mm (5/8 in.) and danger signs; and and 50 mm (2 in.) high; and 3. identification signs, such • be sans serif*, accompanied by as rooms, titles, names or Grade 2 Braille. numbers. Signs that provide direction to, This is a serif font face or information about, functional spaces, shall comply with this section. Exception: Facility directories, menus and all other * This is a sans serif font face signs that are temporary are not required to comply.
Elements and spaces of accessible facilities that shall be identified Minimum character height, Maximum viewing by the International Symbol of mm distance, mm Accessibility are 200 (7-7/8 in.) 6000 (19 ft. 8 in.) • parking spaces, designated as 150 (5-7/8 in.) 4600 (15 ft. 0 in.) reserved for individuals with 100 (3-15/16 in.) 2500 (8 ft. 2-1/2 in.) disabilities; 75 (2-15/16 in.) 2300 (7 ft. 6-1/2 in.) • accessible passenger loading 50 (2 in.) 1500 (4 ft. 11 in.) zones; 25 (1 in.) 750 (2 ft. 5-1/2 in.) • accessible ramps located in a barrier-free path of travel Table 4.4.7 serving a building entrance; Character Height on Signs • accessible entrances when not all are accessible (inaccessible entrances shall have directional 88 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.7 SIGNAGE 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
Pictograms shall be accompanied with tactile elemeents located RELATED SECTIONS by an equivalent visual and tactile 1200 mm (47-1/4 in.) to 1500 mm verbal description, placed directly (59 in.). Where there is no wall 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead below the pictogram. The border space to the latch side of the door, Objects dimension of the pictogram shall be including at double-leaf doors, 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths 150 mm (6 in.) minimum in height. signs shall be placed on the nearest and Corridors adjacent wall. 4.1.5 Entrances Where permanent identification is 4.1.6 Doors provided for rooms and spaces, The minimum level of illumination 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and signs shall be installed on the wall on signs shall be 200 lux (18.4 Openings adjacent to the latch side of the ft-candles). 4.1.9 Ramps door, located with their centreline 4.1.14 Elevators 1370 mm (54 in.) to 1500 mm 4.1.15 Platform Lifts (59 in.) above the finished floor, 4.2.1 Toilet Facilities 4.2.7 Universal Washrooms 4.3.2 Viewing Positions 4.3.4 Change/Dressing Rooms 4.3.12 Parking 4.3.13 Passenger-Loading Zones 4.4.1 Emergency Exits, Fire Evacuation and Areas of Rescue Assistance 4.4.5 Public Telephones 4.4.13 Lighting 4.4.15 Texture and Colour
Figure 4.4.7.2 Pictograms
(Note: Must incorporate equivalent verbal description)
Raised 0.8 mm min (1/32 in.) 25 mm min Using Contrasting Colour
Grid for reference only Figure 4.4.7.4 International Symbol of Access (47-1/4 - 59 in.) 1200-1500 mm
Figure 4.4.7.3 Tactile Lettering
89 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.8 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES
RATIONALE Detectable warning surfaces at all vehicular areas, the boundary stairs shall between the areas shall be defined Detectable warning surfaces provide • be provided at the top of the by a continuous detectable warning important navigational cues for stairs and at landings with entry surfaces, flat-topped domes or persons with a visual impairment. points; and cones which is minimum These surfaces alert all pedestrians • extend the full width of the stair 920 mm (36 in.) wide. Refer also to to potential hazards, such as for a depth of at least 920 mm section 4.1.10. crosswalks or stairs. Suitable (36 in.) commencing one tread surfaces include a change in texture depth back from the stair. RELATED SECTIONS and high colour contrast but should Refer also to section 4.1.11. not present a tripping hazard. 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead At interior stairs, it is acceptable to Objects Detectable warning surfaces should provide detectable warning surfaces 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths be used consistently throughout a not more than 3mm above or and Corridors facility. below adjacent surfaces, however 4.1.9 Ramps flat-topped domes or cones are 4.1.10 Curb Ramps APPLICATION preferable. 4.1.11 Stairs 4.1.12 Escalators Detectable warning surfaces at Detectable warning surfaces at 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains walkways, curb ramps, stairs, curb ramps, depressed curbs, exit 4.3.3 Elevated Platforms elevated platforms and potential stairs, exterior stairs and elevated 4.3.12 Parking hazards shall comply with this platforms shall be composed of flat- 4.3.13 Passenger-Loading Zones section. topped domes or cones that 4.4.15 Texture and Colour • are 4 - 5 mm (0.16 - 0.20 in.) Appendix D DESIGN REQUIREMENTS high; • have top and bottom All textured surfaces used as dimensions as shown in Table Top diameter detectable warning surfaces shall 4.4.8; and of flat-topped Spacing be clearly detectable by walking • are arranged in a regular domes or cones pattern with spacing as shown upon as being different from the 12 (0.5) 42 - 61 (1.7 - 2.4) surrounding surface. (Refer also in Table 4.4.8. to 4.4.15). Note: Applying a paint 15 (0.6) 45 - 63 (1.8 - 2.5) finish to a concrete surface does not If a walkway crosses or joins a 18 (0.7) 48 - 65 (1.9 - 2.6) provide appropriate detectability. vehicular way and the walking surfaces are not separated by 20 (0.8) 50 - 68 (2.0 - 2.7) Detectable warning surfaces shall curbs, railings or other elements 25 (1.0) 55 - 70 (2.2 - 2.8) between the pedestrian areas and contrast visually with adjoining Bottom diameter of flat-topped surfaces, being either light on dark domes or cones 10 ±1 greater than or dark on light. the top diameter.
Detectable warning surfaces shall Table 4.4.8 be slip-resistant. Size and spacing of flat-topped Varies domes or cones Varies see table see table 4.4.8 4.4.8 e s l b e 8 . i a t 4 r .
e 4 a e V s Detectable warning Depth of surface at top of one tread stairs and/or landings
Plan 4-5 mm (3/16 to 7/32 in.) Visual contrast on top of nosing Figure 4.4.8.1 0 mm min Detectable Warning Elevation (enlarged) 92 36 in.) Surfaces at Stairs Figure 4.4.8.2 ( Truncated Dome Detectable Warning Surface 90 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.9 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
Public address systems should be Public address speakers shall be 4.4.1 Emergency Exits, Fire designed to best accommodate mounted above head level, and Evacuation and Areas of all users, especially those that provide effective sound coverage in Rescue Assistance may be hard of hearing. They required areas, such as corridors, 4.4.16 Acoustics should be easy to hear above the assembly and meeting room areas, ambient background noise of the recreational and entertainment environment and there should be no facilities, educational facilities, and distortion or feedback. Background common use areas in institutional noise should be minimized. settings.
Visual equivalents should be made Public address systems shall be available for individuals with zoned so that information can hearing loss/persons who are hard- be directed to key locations only, of-hearing who may not hear an minimizing background noise in audible public address system. other areas.
APPLICATION Where public address systems are used to broadcast background Public address systems shall comply music, the music shall not be with this section. broadcast continuously or throughout the entire facility.
All-point call systems shall only be utilized for fire and emergency information.
Paging systems for staff and other key persons shall be discreet and low volume, and sound only at those devices or locations where such persons might expect to be located.
91 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.10 INFORMATION SYSTEMS
RATIONALE Tactile identification shall comply No part of the sign shall with 4.4.15. encroach on the path of travel. Information should be accessible to If encroachment is unavoidable, all facility users. Where universally Exhibits that include important cane-detection through colour and accessible formats are technically artefacts, labels and graphics, shall texture change shall be provided on not feasible alternate formats should be placed 1000 - 1200 mm (39-3/8 the ground. be available. Video display terminals - 47 in.) from the floor. may present particular difficulties for A minimum 1500 mm x 1500 mm persons with vision loss. Alternate Labels and descriptive signage (60 in. x 60 in.) clear space directly technology or audio interfaces are shall be inclined from horizontal for in front of the sign as well as the required. To ensure that a person easier reading. clearances needed around such, is using a wheelchair can access an required for it's approach and use. information terminal, consideration Inclined informational/interpretive The clear space must be of a hard should be given to the lower vantage panels that can not be read from surface material. point and reach ranges of all 750 mm (30 in.) away shall have information systems provided. at least 660 mm (26 in.) of knee Automated banking machines shall clearance and at least 470 mm comply with Canadian Standards APPLICATION (18 in.) depth. If displays are Association B651.1 Barrier-Free intended for viewing from 750 mm Design for Automated Banking Information systems, such as display (30 in.) or further, less clearance Machines (latest edition). kiosks, video display terminals, parks is permitted to a minimum height and recreational trails mapping, and of 220 mm (9 in.) for toe kick Self-service interactive devices shall interpretive/informational panels clearance. The top of the panel shall comply with Canadian Standards shall comply with this section. be not more than 1220 mm - Association B651.2 Accessible 1380 mm (48 in. - 54 in.) high. Design for Self-Service Interactive DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Devices (latest edition). Vertical informational/interpretive Where information is provided panels shall have text located no Signage and other media for by video display terminals to the higher than 1750 mm (69 in.). Text recreational trails and footbridges general public, clients or customers, shall not be lower than 750 mm shall conform with 4.5.2. the same information shall be (29-1/2 in.) above the floor. provided in an alternative format, RELATED SECTIONS
such as audio, Braille and large-text Ensure informational/ interpretive panels do 4.4.2 Controls and Operating print. The minimum font size for not have sharp edges large-text print shall be 16 point. Mechanisms Refer to the Canadian National 4.4.15 Texture and Colour Institute of the Blind "Clear Print
Guidelines" for further detail. 0 mm 8 3 1 54 in.) - - 0 8 2
4 Figure 4.4.10.1 ( Information systems designed for 2 1 direct access by the public, such as Critical dimensions for in.)
6 information systems 2 mm min* (
touch-screen video display, keyboard 0 6 or keypad access, shall be mounted 6 and displays at a height suitable for use by a person using a wheelchair or scooter 470 mm min * If sign is legible from 750 mm (65 in.) or further then clearance can be lowered to a minimum (Refer to 4.4.2). (18 in.) toe clearance of 220 mm (9 in.) Figure 4.4.10.2 Essential print information shall be Clear space and printed in large text on a highly dimensions around contrasting background colour, and information systems should also be available in other formats, such as audiotape.
Push buttons or other controls for accessing public information
systems should be clearly identifiable (69 in.) (26 in.) by colour and/or tone from the
background colour, and should 660 mm min
include raised numbers, numerals of text 1750 mm max height or symbols for easy identification by
(29 1/2 in.) Clear floor space
750 mm min
persons with a low or no vision. (60 in.)
1500 mm min 1500 mm min Clear path of travel 92 (60 in.) 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.11 CARD ACCESS, SAFETY AND 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS SECURITY SYSTEMS RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
In many cases, persons such as Adequate lighting shall be provided 4.1.1 Space and Reach seniors and persons with disabilities continuously along public walkways, Requirements may be considered to have a higher steps and ramps that are actively 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths degree of vulnerability and therefore used at all times of year and/or and Corridors seek more reassurance and inherent where staff and public parking is 4.1.5 Entrances security. Items such as adequate provided. 4.1.6 Doors lighting and accessible signalling 4.1.14 Elevators devices promote this security. Where public telephones are 4.1.15 Platform Lifts installed, an accessible public 4.2.7 Universal Washrooms Emergency signalling devices are telephone complying with 4.4.5 4.3.5 Offices, Work Areas and important in individual washrooms shall be located at, or close to an Meeting Rooms where the potential for a fall is accessible entrance, for the use of 4.4.2 Controls and Operating increased and an individual may be persons requiring assistance. Mechanisms alone. 4.4.13 Lighting Where accessible universal 4.4.15 Texture and Colour Where card-access systems are washrooms in compliance with selected as a means of entry to 4.2.7 are provided in larger public particular facilities or spaces, the facilities, such as recreation systems and components selected facilities, the washroom shall should be suitable for use by incorporate an emergency call persons with varying abilities, system linked to a central location including persons with reduced (e.g., office or switchboard). manual dexterity, poor vision or difficulty with reaching. Card-entry systems shall • be wall-mounted, no higher APPLICATION than 1060 mm (42 in.) above the floor or ground, adjacent to Card-access, safety and security the door and free of the door systems shall comply with this swing; section. • be colour-contrasted from the surface on which they are Where signals intended for the mounted; public to indicate the operation • incorprate a card slot that is of a building security system are illuminated or colour contrasted provided, they shall consist of both from the mounting plate; and audible alarms and visual signals. • use cards that incorporate a distinctive colour, texture or raised graphic/lettering on one side.
Encoded-entry/exit systems, such as keypads, shall • be wall-mounted, between 900 mm (35-1/2 in.) and 1200 mm (47 in.) above the floor or ground. It is preferred to install keypads at 1100mm (43-1/4 in.) from the floor on an adjustable mounting surface; • be mounted adjacent to the door and free of the door swing; and • incorporate buttons that • are raised; • are mounted on a clearly differentiated coloured background; and • include raised numerals or letters in a constant array.
93 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.12 GLARE AND LIGHT SOURCES
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
Direct or reflected glare from Extensive high gloss floor and wall 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces floors, walls or work surfaces is finishes are not acceptable, but 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths uncomfortable for all users and a high-gloss materials may be and Corridors barrier to persons with reduced incorporated into floor and wall 4.1.5 Entrances vision. Therefore, every attempt finish details, as long as they do not 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens should be made to select light result in large reflective surfaces. and Sidelights sources, materials and finishes 4.1.9 Ramps which do not add to the problem, Monolithic floor surfaces, such as 4.1.10 Curb Ramps and to ensure that natural daylight stone, granite, marble or terrazzo, 4.1.11 Stairs is controllable. shall have a matte or honed finish, 4.1.13 Escalators to minimize reflected glare. 4.1.14 Elevators The strategic use of lighting is 4.1.15 Platform Lifts valuable to all individuals, and Finishes such as vinyl, other 4.2.1 Toilet Facilities especially important for individuals composition materials, quarry tile, 4.3.8 Information, Reception and with some form of vision loss/no glazed tile or mosaics, used on Service Counters vision. In addition, offering a variety horizontal surfaces, such as floors 4.4.13 Lighting of task lighting at work areas is and work surfaces, shall be in matte beneficial to all. or satin finishes.
APPLICATION Finishes such as paint, vinyl wall coverings, stone, marble, wood, Systems used to control glare metals, plastic laminate, etc., used and excessive reflected light shall on vertical surfaces, such as walls comply with this section. and columns, shall have matte or satin finishes.
Curtains, blinds or other sun- screening systems shall be provided at windows and other places where direct sunlight can adversely affect the level of lighting and/or reflected glare.
Light fixtures shall be selected with diffusers, lenses or recessed light sources, so that no glare is created.
Where surface-mounted fluorescent ceiling fixtures are mounted below 2440 mm (96 in.), they shall have darkened sides (i.e., not wrap- around lenses) and be positioned perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel, or used in valance-type lighting along the perimeter of a space, resulting in indirect lighting.
The location of special features and key orientation elements shall be enhanced through the use of supplementary lighting. Such lighting shall have upward or downward components only.
94 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.13 LIGHTING 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
RATIONALE Lighting levels at passenger drop- Lighting levels in office areas shall off areas shall be minimum 30 lux be evenly distributed and no less Artificial lighting and natural light (3 ft-candles) consistently over than 300 lux (30 ft-candles). sources should provide comfortable, the drop-off area, measured at the evenly distributed light at all ground. Emergency lighting over stairs working areas, in all circulation and ramps, in an exit or path of routes and in all areas of potential At frequently used steps and stairs, travel, shall be at least 100 lux (10 hazard. Also, outdoor lighting lighting shall be located at or beside ft-candles), generally at the walking should be provided at entrances, the steps or stairs, to clearly define surface, and in no place less than along frequently used access routes the treads, risers and nosings. 50 lux (5 ft-candles). and at frequently used outdoor amenities. All lighting shall Lighting over directional or • provide a good colour spectrum; informational signage, or APPLICATION and highlighting other orientation • be evenly distributed to features, at public telephones, Exterior and interior lighting minimize cast shadows. information or service counters, and systems shall comply with this card or keypad security systems, section. Supplementary lighting shall be shall be no less than 200 lux (20 provided to highlight key signage ft-candles) measured at the working DESIGN REQUIREMENTS and orientation landmarks. surface.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING Low/ground-level lighting (such as Lighting in meeting rooms and bollards) shall be high enough to assembly areas shall be evenly Exterior lighting shall be in clear normal snow accumulation. distributed, and shall be capable of compliance with Illuminating being adjusted (e.g., dimmers). Engineering Society of North Lighting fixtures shall comply with America Standards in all public the relevant parts of 4.1.3 and Lighting at lecterns, podiums/ thoroughfares, and at all pedestrian 4.3.17. platforms or other speaker locations routes, to provide safe access shall be capable of being enhanced, for persons with disabilities from INTERIOR LIGHTING even when other lighting is dimmed, sidewalks, bus stops and parking to permit ease of lip-reading and/ areas to nearby facilities and site Light sources and fixtures shall be or viewing of the hand actions of a amenities. selected to minimize direct glare or nearby ASL translator for persons indirect glare on nearby reflective who are deaf. At pedestrian entrances, lighting surfaces. levels should be minimum 100 lux RELATED SECTIONS (9.4 ft-candles) consistently over Light sources shall provide as full a the entrance area, measured at the spectrum of light as possible, as an 4.1.3 Protruding and Overhead ground. aid to edge and colour definition. Objects 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths Over frequently used pedestrian Lighting shall be configured to and Corridors routes, including walkways, paths create an even distribution at floor 4.1.5 Entrances of travel, stairs and ramps, lighting level and to minimize pools of light 4.1.9 Ramps levels shall be 50 lux (5 ft-candles) and areas of shadow. 4.1.10 Curb Ramps Extended avg., 40 lux (4 ft-candles) 4.1.11 Stairs avg./min., 20 lux (2 ft-candles) min. The leading edge of stairs, steps, 4.1.12 Escalators maintained consistently over the ramps or escalators shall be evenly 4.1.14 Elevators route, measured at the ground. For lit to minimize tripping hazards. 4.1.15 Platform Lifts mixed pedestrian/cycling routes: 20 4.2.1 Toilet Facilities lux (2 ft-candles) Extended avg., 40 Lighting levels in elevator lobbies 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains lux (4 ft-candles) avg./min., 10 lux shall be similar to the lighting 4.3.3 Elevated Platforms (1 ft-candle) min. maintained. levels in elevator cabs, to minimize 4.3.4 Change/Dressing Rooms tripping hazards, and in no case 4.3.5 Office, Work Areas and At designated parking spaces shall be less than 200 lux (20 Meeting Rooms including accessible spaces and ft-candles). 4.3.8 Information, Reception and limited mobility/caregivers spaces, Service Counters lighting levels shall be minimum Lighting levels in washrooms and 4.3.17 Streetscapes 30 lux (3 ft-candles) consistently dressing rooms shall be evenly 4.4.2 Controls and Operating over each of these parking spaces, distributed and no less than 200 lux Mechanisms measured at the ground. (20 ft-candles). 4.4.5 Public Telephones 4.4.7 Signage 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources 95 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.14 MATERIALS AND FINISHES
RATIONALE Steps shall be finished with a non- RELATED SECTIONS slip material and incorporate highly The selection of flooring materials contrasted nosings. 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces can be critical to the safe and easy 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths movement of persons using all kinds Ramp surfaces shall be firm and and Corridors of mobility aids, as well as persons non-slip. 4.1.5 Entrances with low vision. 4.1.9 Ramps Handrails and guards shall be 4.1.10 Curb Ramps Floor finishes, such as carpet, continuous, smooth and well 4.1.11 Stairs should be selected and installed maintained. 4.1.13 Escalators so that persons using wheelchairs 4.1.14 Elevators and walkers or other mobility aids INTERIOR MATERIALS AND 4.1.15 Platform Lifts can easily travel over them without FINISHES 4.2.1 Toilet Facilities using undue energy or tripping. 4.3.4 Change/Dressing Rooms Carpet shall be of low-level loop 4.3.5 Office, Work Areas and Finishes that are slip-resistant and construction, 10 or 12-gauge non- Meeting Rooms not highly reflective promote safe static fibre, directly glued to the 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources travel. subfloor.
APPLICATION Where hard, monolithic materials are selected, they shall be non- Exterior and interior materials slip and non-glare, complying with and finishes shall comply with this 4.4.12. section. Where floor tiles, bricks or pavers DESIGN REQUIREMENTS are used, joints should be no wider than 6 mm (1/4 in.) and should be EXTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS flush.
Suitable materials for exterior Wall surfaces in corridors shall be route of travel should be firm and non-abrasive from the floor level stable and may include materials to a minimum of 2000 mm (78-3/4 such as:, concrete, asphalt, precast in.) above the finished floor. paving or unit paving, interlocking brick and patio stones or decking. Other surfaces may be suitable as new innovative materials become available. Where wooden planks are used for boardwalks, they shall be laid perpendicular to the path of travel. Such materials shall • have joints that are no greater than 6 mm (1/4 in.) wide, with variations in level of no more than 3 mm (1/8 in); and • be laid to drain.
Where possible, gratings and grills shall be located to one side of the pedestrian walkways, so as not to impede the accessible route. Where this is not possible, the bars of the grating or grill shall be located perpendicular to the dominant path of travel, with openings of no greater than 13 mm (1/2 in.).
96 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.15 TEXTURE AND COLOUR 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
RATIONALE Colour contrast shall be used as RELATED SECTIONS a safety measure to define edges The ability of an individual with or boundaries of objects (e.g., 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Surfaces vision loss/no vision to navigate stair nosings, doors, handrails, 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths an environment can be enhanced etc.). Colour or tone shall be used and Corridors through the strategic use of colour to visually define the boundaries 4.1.6 Doors and texture. of a room (i.e., where the wall 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and meets the floor). Baseboards in Openings Caution is recommended in the monochromatic environments shall 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens selection of heavy or distinct be highly contrasting with the and Sidelights patterns on walls or floors, since wall and floor colours, to provide 4.1.9 Ramps these can add visual confusion boundary definition. 4.1.10 Curb Ramps to settings for persons with low 4.1.11 Stairs vision. Simple, repetitive, non- Colour shall be used consistently to 4.1.12 Handrails directional patterns that feature visually identify distinctive objects 4.1.13 Escalators monochromatic or low-colour (e.g., exit doors). 4.1.14 Elevators contrast are preferred. Changes 4.1.15 Platform Lifts in material or texture should not Bright colours and/or a highly 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls necessitate a threshold. contrasting tone shall be used to 4.2.3 Toilets assist with wayfinding. (e.g. If used 4.2.4 Lavatories APPLICATION as part of a signage band located 4.2.5 Urinals on walls at eye level, this band is 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories Textural and colour systems shall be easier to follow than monolithic wall 4.2.7 Universal Washrooms used to enhance accessibility and colouring, and can be the visual cue 4.2.8 Bathtubs shall comply with this section. for other essential signs.) 4.2.9 Showers 4.2.10 Grab Bars DESIGN REQUIREMENTS End walls or return walls in long 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains corridors shall be visually defined 4.3.3 Elevated Platforms Exterior colour schemes shall using highly contrasting colours 4.3.4 Change/Dressing Rooms incorporate a pronounced colour or tone, to enhance a change of 4.3.5 Office, Work Areas and contrast, to differentiate boundaries direction or the end of the space. Meeting Rooms of objects, distinguish objects from 4.3.6 Waiting and Queuing Areas their background, and to generally Detectable warning surfaces shall 4.3.8 Information, Reception and enhance spatial orientation. be used to define potential hazards. Service Counters Generally, for seniors and persons (Refer to 4.4.8.). All textured 4.3.9 Storage, Shelving and with low vision, colours in the surfaces used as detectable warning Display Units warm end of the spectrum (yellow, surfaces shall be clearly detectable 4.3.10 Lockers and Baggage orange, bright red, etc.) are easier by walking upon as being different Storage to recognize than those at the cool from the surrounding surface. 4.3.11 Balconies, Porches, Terraces end of the spectrum. and Patios Supplementary textural cues shall 4.3.14 Landscaping Materials and Signs shall incorporate pronounced also be provided (e.g., by using Plantings glare-free colour contrast. A different floor textures or materials, 4.3.15 Benches minimum contrast of 70% light in major and minor routes). 4.3.16 Public Use Eating Areas reflectance is required. For signs, 4.3.17 Streetscapes the most visible colours are white or Clearly defined boundaries of 4.4.1 Emergency Exits, Fire yellow on a black, charcoal or other materials like carpeting or floor Evacuation and Areas of dark background, such as brown, tiles shall enhance wayfinding Rescue Assistance dark blue, dark green or purple. by defining such as the junction 4.4.2 Controls and Operating Black lettering on white is also between walls and floors, doorway Mechanisms acceptable, although less readable recesses and corridor intersections. 4.4.5 Public Telephones than the reverse. Signage should 4.4.7 Signage avoid using the colour combinations The same texture shall be used 4.4.8 Detectable Warning yellow/grey, yellow/white, blue/ consistently throughout any one site Surfaces green, red/green, black/violet, or to identify the same type of hazard. 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and red/black, since these combinations Security Systems are unreadable for people with various visual conditions (i.e. colour blindness.)
97 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.16 ACOUSTICS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS RELATED SECTIONS
The acoustic environment of Floor finishes, wall surfaces and 4.3.5 Office, Work Areas and public buildings and spaces should ceilings shall be selected so that Meeting Rooms accommodate the unique needs of occasional noise is not unduly 4.3.8 Information, Reception and persons who are hard of hearing amplified. (e.g., Hard surfaces such Service Counters and who need to differentiate as marble or terrazzo will allow each 4.4.5 Public Telephones essential sounds from general foot step to be heard by persons 4.4.6 Assitive Listening Systems background noise. The sound who are visually impaired, but 4.4.9 Public Address Systems transmissions of different areas can add another level of confusion for be used as an orientation cue and persons who are hearing impaired.) help to navigate a space. A well designed acoustical environment is At accessible routes in large facilities to everyone's advantage. where wayfinding is problematic, the sound transmission/reflection APPLICATION characteristics of finish materials shall aurally differentiate major and The acoustical environment of secondary paths of travel. facilities used by the general public, clients, customers and employees Ceiling shapes shall be designed so shall comply with this section. that echoes do not occur, unless an alternate acoustical treatment is incorporated. (Note: Domed shapes tend to distort sound.)
Public address and call systems shall be capable of being zoned to key areas, rather than blanketing all areas of a facility at all times. (Refer to 4.4.9.)
In meeting rooms and assembly areas where the spoken word is key to comprehending the proceedings, all unnecessary background noise (e.g., from fans or other mechanical equipment, air diffusers, etc.) shall be dampened and/or the room shall include adequate sound insulation.
98 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.4.17 PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS 4.4 SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS
RATIONALE Where two accessible pedestrian RELATED SECTIONS signal assemblies are installed on Pedestrian crossovers should be the same corner, they must be a 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths, designed to accommodate all users minimum of 3000mm (118 in.) And Corridors equally. The physical location of the apart. 4.4.2 Controls and Operating controls can help identify specific Mechanisms directional paths, and auditory Where the accessible pedestrian signals will enable user with low signal cannot meet the 3000 mm vision to locate the controls quickly. (118 in.) minimum requirement due to site constraints or existing APPLICATION infrastructure, two accessible pedestrian signal assemblies can be Where new pedestrian signals installed on a single post, and when are being installed or existing this occurs, a verbal announcement pedestrian signals are being must clearly state which crossing is replaced at a pedestrian crossover, active they must be accessible pedestrian signals. In this section, "pedestrian crossover' means a pedestrian DESIGN REQUIREMENTS crossover a s defined in subsection 1 (1) of the Highway Traffic Act Accessible pedestrian signals must;
• have a locator tone that is distinct from a walk indicator tone • be installed within 1500 mm (59 in.) of the edge of the curb • be mounted at a maximum of 1100 mm (43-1/4 in.) above ground level • have tactile arrows that align with the direction of crossing • include both manual and automatic activation features • include both audible and vibro- tactile walk indicators
99 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
This page intentionally left blank.
100 CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.1 ARENAS, HALLS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS INDOOR RECREATIONAL FACILITIES RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS To allow for Sledge Hockey in arenas, construct accessible players Opportunities for recreation, leisure Arenas, halls and other indoor boxes where the boards can be and active sport participation should recreation facilities shall removed and clear Plexiglas is used be available to all members of • where visitor, spectator and/or with low thresholds. Refer to the the community. Access should be participant seating is provided, CRFC (Canadian Recreation Facilities provided to halls, arenas, and other • have accessible seating Council) Sledge Hockey Accessibility sports facilities, including access options in compliance with Design Guidelines for Arenas. to the site, all activity spaces, 4.3.2; and gymnasia, fitnessfacilities , lockers, • incorporate detectable RELATED SECTIONS change rooms and showers. Persons warning surfaces in with a disability may be active compliance with 4.4.8. participants, as well as spectators, where seating is accessed All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, volunteers and members of staff. by stairs. 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. • provide an accessible route in For waiting areas in these facilities, compliance with 4.1.4 to the the provision of benches is arena/facility floor and/or ice important for individuals who may surface, including access panels have difficulty with standing for or gates providing at least 950 extended periods. mm (37-1/2 in.) clear width; • where facilities are provided for APPLICATION performances and other events, have a direct accessible route In addition to the design in compliance with 4.1.4 from requirements specified in 4.1 to the lobby/entrances and viewing 4.4, arenas, halls and other indoor locations to all performing recreation facilities shall comply areas, including stages, dressing with this section. rooms, washrooms and all other spaces used by performers; • where stairs are provided, have stairs that comply with 4.1.11, including appropriate tactile and colour-contrasting features; • where dressing facilities are provided, have dressing facilities that comply with 4.3.4; • where lockers or shelving is provided, have lockers and shelving that comply with 4.3.9 and 4.3.10; • where coat hooks are provided, have at least 10%, but never less than one, within the reach ranges specified in 4.1.1; • where toilets and bathing facilities are provided, have toilets and bathing facilities that comply with 4.2.1; • where concessions or other service counters are provided, comply with 4.1.3 and 4.3.8; • where swimming pool, hot pools or therapy pools are provided, comply with 4.5.3; and • where staff accommodation and related support areas, offices or meeting rooms are provided, comply with all relevant sections of 4.1 to 4.4.
101 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.2 OUTDOOR RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
RATIONALE • incorporate a continuous curbed • incorporate a continuous curbed edge where the grade drop-off edge, at least 75 mm (3 in.) Opportunities for recreation, leisure on any side of the boardwalk is high and of a contrasting colour and active sport participation should greater than 200 mm where dock surfaces are greater be available to all members of (7-7/8 in.). The curbed edge than 200 mm (7-7/8 in.) above the community. Access should be shall be at least 75 mm (3 in.) the surface of the water; provided to playing fields and other high and of a contrasting colour Exception to edge protection: sports facilities, including access to to the surrounding terrain (if the Where boat loading openings the site, all activity areas, outdoor curb edge cannot be provided, are provided; incorporate a recreational trails, docks, swimming a protective barrier must be guard where dock surfaces are areas, play spaces, lockers, change provided with a maximum greater than 450 mm (17-3/4 rooms and showers. Persons with a height of 1070 mm (42-1/8 in.); in.) above the surface of the disability may be active participants, • handrails, guards or other water. as well as spectators, volunteers suitable barriers must be • where steps are provided to and members of staff. provided where the grade drop- access the water for swimming, off is greater than 450 mm (17- incorporate colour-contrasting APPLICATION 3/4 in.); handrails at the steps. Such • access points to boardwalks that handrails shall extend to a In addition to the design allow easy wheelchair access; minimum of 600 mm (23-5/8 requirements specified in 4.1 to and in.) above the dock surface and 4.4, the outdoor recreation facilities • benches, garbage cans, drinking return down to the dock. listed below shall comply with this fountains, etc., where provided, section. shall be located adjacent to the boardwalk on firm, level OUTDOOR POOLS Where dressing facilities are surfaces at the same elevation provided, they shall comply with as the boardwalk. (Refer also to Outdoor swimming pools shall 4.3.4. 4.3.17.) comply with 4.5.3.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS DOCKS/PIERS RECREATIONAL TRAILS AND FOOTBRIDGES GENERAL Where docks for fishing, boating, water-taxi or swimming are Entrances to recreational trails to Parks accessibility shall encompass provided they shall: have a clear opening between 850 - the development of routes, auxiliary • be located on an accessible 1000 mm services, planting and an overall route in compliance with Section (33-1/2 - 39-3/8 in.) environment which is accessible 4.1.4 and provides a fulfilling recreational • incorporate firm and stable Trail width shall be at least experience for all persons with a surfaces at transition points 1000 mm (39-3/8 in.). varying level of ability. (such as from a walkway to a dock, or between adjacent dock Where significant changes in grade BOARDWALKS units); occur, recreational trail routes shall • incorporate clearly painted ideally be sloped at no greater than Where boardwalks are provided, markings at transition points; 1:20, or have adjacent steps and they shall • where changes in elevation are ramps. Where this is not possible • have a minimum width of 2000 necessary, incorporate ramps due to site constraints, a 1:10 slope mm (78-3/4 in.); or curb ramps in compliance is acceptable. If greater than 10% • incorporate surfaces constructed with Sections 4.1.9 Ramps and consult with the AAC. of firm, stable, non-slip 4.1.10 Curb Ramps. Ramps materials and comply with with a slope no greater than Trail surfaces shall be firm and 4.4.14; 1:20 (8.3%) at low water are stable. • not have any surfaces that allow acceptable; the passage of an object that • be no higher than 600 mm (23- Where steps, footbridges or ramps has a diameter of more than 3/4 in.) above the water; are used, the surfacing shall be 20 mm (3/4 in.) of non-slip materials and include suitable colour-contrasting handrails and/or guards.
The slope on foot bridges shall not exceed 1:10.
102 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.2 OUTDOOR RECREATIONAL FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS
Ramps shall conform with 4.1.9. Tactile maps should be considered Where adjacent to water or a drop at the start of the recreational trail off in grade that is greater than Signage shall and periodically along its length. 200 mm (7-7/8 in.), and where a • be provided at recreational trail protective barrier is not provided, head; Braille should be considered for recreational trails shall incorporate • comply with 4.4.7 Signage; and information and interpretive edge protection such that • identify signage. • the top edge of protection shall • length of recreational trail; be at least 50 mm (2 in.) high; • type of surface; Alternative messaging systems can and • average and minimum be incorporated i.e. audio or digital • edge protection does not width; applications. For best practices impede the drainage of the trail • average and maximum refer to CNIB: Clearing our Path, surface. running slope and cross Universal design recommendations slope; and for people with vision loss. Exceptions to the requirements • location of amenities where that apply to recreational trails are provided. Where other media is used permitted where the requirements, (website, brochure, etc.) to provide or some of them, would likely Where special lookout locations information about the recreational affect the heritage, historic, cultural or viewing areas are provided, trail, beyond advertising, notice or or natural heritage value of an they shall be identified withclear promotion, the media must provide area. Refer to Part IV.1 of Ontario signage. the same information as listed on Regulation 191/11 (Integrated required trail head signage. Accessibility Standards).
Organizations shall consult with Planting bed or similar barrier may be the public, including people with
required to be installed on either side of S / L disabilities, about the design of the pathway to prevent users from recreational trails. Municipalities going around the gates. must also consult with their Tactile accessibility advisory committee, surface if they have one. The consultation indicator process must address: • Trail Slope (11-3/4 in.) 300mm typ. Removeable • Need for and location of ramps Centreline of offset gates • Need for, location, and design ex. pathway Varies
(48 in.) of rest areas, passing areas, 3000mm 1000mm 2000mm viewing areas and amenities (118 in.) (39-3/8 in.) (48 in.) along the recreational trail. 1200mm typ. Curb Figure 4.5.2.1 cut
Offset gates with sidewalk Concrete Sidewalk Rooadway Planting bed or similar barrier may be
Centreline of required to be installed on either side of S / L ex. pathway the pathway to prevent users from going around the gates. 100 mm (4 in.) 1200mm typ. 300mm typ. O.D. post (48 in.) (11-3/4 in.) Tactile surface indicator (11-3/4 in.)
300mm typ. Removeable Centreline of offset gates ex. pathway Varies (48 in.) 3000mm 1000mm 2000mm (118 in.) (39-3/8 in.) (48 in.) (26-3/4 in.) 680 mm max. 1200mm typ.
Figure 4.5.2.2 Curb Offset gates without cut Figure 4.5.2.3 sidewalk Offset gate elevation Rooadway 103 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.2 OUTDOOR RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
PARK PLAYGROUNDS PICNIC TABLES
Accessible routes and walkways In addition to the requirements for Accessible picnic tables shall comply shall conform with 4.1.4. PARKS AND PARKETTES - GENERAL with 4.3.16. of this section, outdoor play spaces Garbage cans, light standards, shall consist of an area that includes Where public parking is provided benches and other potential play equipment, such as swings, or to serve picnic facilities, accessible obstructions shall be located features such as logs, rocks, sand picnic areas should be within 30 m adjacent to recreational trails. or water, where the equipment or (100 ft.) of the accessible parking (Refer also to 4.3.17.) features are designed and placed spaces. to provide play opportunities A different ground colour and/or and experiences for children and DRINKING FOUNTAINS texture shall be used to indicate the caregivers. following (Refer also to 4.4.15.): Accessible drinking fountains shall • risk areas, such as intersections, Organizations shall consult on the comply with 4.3.1. ramps or steps; and needs of children and caregivers • functional changes, such as with various disabilities and shall do PUBLIC TELEPHONES seating areas, viewpoints or so in the following manner: outlooks. • Public sector organizations and Accessible public telephones shall large organizations shall consult comply with 4.4.5. PLANTING AND TREES with the public and persons with disabilities; ILLUMINATION (WHERE PROVIDED) Planting and trees along accessible • Municipalities shall also consult pathways shall comply with 4.3.14. with their municipal accessibility Light sources used shall be indirect, advisory committees, where one non-glare, non-flickering type REST AREAS has been established. and provide even levels of light distribution. (Refer also to 4.4.13.) Rest areas shall The consultation process must • be provided on recreational address requirements for accessible No lighting is allowed in natural trails, pathways and walkways play elements for children and environments. every 30 to 90 m (98 ft. - 5 in. caregivers with various disabilities to 295 ft. - 3 in.); including, but not limited to sensory WASHROOMS • be positioned adjacent to the and active play components. recreational trail, pathway or Where washrooms are provided walkway; Children’s play areas and to support the use of outdoor • have accessible ground surfaces playground equipment, sandboxes recreation facilities by the general in compliance with 4.1.2; or other amenities shall generally public, clients, customers, • use a contrasting ground finish be designed to be accessible to and performers or staff, they shall material to identify functional useable by children with varying comply with all applicable sections change; and levels of ability. Provide sufficient of 4.2. clearance to provide children and Organizations shall consult with caregivers with various disabilities WATERFRONT AREAS the public including people with the ability to move through, in and disabilities about the need for, around the outdoor play space. Where paths and/or lookout location, and design of rest areas, Colour contrast is important. points are provided, they shall be passing areas, viewing areas, and accessible to all individuals. amenities (accessible seating) Playground surfaces shall be firm along trails. Municipalities must and stable. Seating shall be provided along also consult with their Accessibility paths and at lookout points, in Advisory Committee. Playgrounds should be designed compliance with 4.3.15. with reference to the National PARKS – GENERAL Standard CAN/CSA-Z614 for Where parking is provided, it shall "Chlildren's Playspaces and be located as close as possible to Entrance gates, paths and walkways Equipment (current version). waterfront area. An accessible route throughout the park shall be shall be provided from the parking accessible to a person using a area to paths and/or lookout points wheelchair or scooter. (where provided).
Where possible, picnic and play areas shall be provided in both sunny and shaded areas.
104 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.2 OUTDOOR RECREATIONAL FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS
NATURAL AREAS ACCESS TO SPECTATOR AREAS OF BEACH ACCESS ROUTES SPORTS FIELDS Accessible pathways, trails and Applicable to newly constructed and footbridges shall be provided where • Where designated spectator redeveloped beach access routes environmental considerations will areas are provided at sports that an obligated organization permit. fields, they shall be accessible; intends to maintain, including • Pedestrian pathways to spectator permanent and temporary routes Paths and trails shall incorporate areas of sports fields shall and temporary routes that are rest areas and where appropriate, be designed to comply with establised through the use of with seating. RECREATIONAL TRAILS AND manufactured goods, which can be FOOTBRIDGES requirement of removed for the winter months. GRANDSTAND AND OTHER this section. VIEWING AREAS Where beach access is constructed LEASH FREE DOG PARKS (not natural): Where visitor, spectator and/or • MAX cross slope no more than participant seating is provided, • Entrance gates into dog parks 1:50; accessible seating options in shall comply with 4.1.7 • 1:2 bevel at height change compliance with 4.3.2 shall be • Pedestrian pathways within between 6-13mm (1/4 - 1/2 provided. leash free dog parks shall be in.); designed to comply with the • MAX running slope 1:10 at PLAYING FIELDS RECREATIONAL TRAILS AND changes in level of 14-200mm FOOTBRIDGES requirement of (1/2 - 7-7/8 in); Where provided, controlled this section. • Must have a ramp that meets access points shall be designed requirements of 4.1.9 Ramps; to accommodate a person using a OUTLOOKS where change of level is greater wheelchair or scooter. (e.g., Where than 200mm (7-7/8 in.). turnstiles are used, an adjacent Where waste receptacles, light accessible gate shall be provided in standards, benches and other Where surface is not constructed, compliance with 4.1.7.) potential obstructions or amenities the MAX cross slope must be the are provided, they shall be located minimum cross slope for drainage. Where provided, level seating areas so as not to obstruct the clear path shall be provided beside sports of travel. Entrance must have a clear opening fields for spectators or participants of 1000mm (39-3/8 in.) (whether with disabilities. Where scenic outlooks have been the entrance includes gate, bollard, provided they shall: or other entrance design). Where provided, public viewing • be located on an accessible route areas shall comply with 4.3.2. in compliance with 4.1.; EXCEPTIONS • incorporate smooth and stable Where provided, public washrooms surfaces at transition points; Exemptions to the requirements shall comply with 4.2. • incorporate continuous edge that apply to recreational trails and protection, at least 100 mm (4 beach access routes are permitted Where provided, public showers and in.) high and of a contrasting where the requirements, or some change rooms shall comply with colour around the edge of the of them, would likely affect the 4.2.9 and 4.3.4. outlook area; and heritage, historical, cultural or • if benches are provided they natural heritage value of an area. shall comply with 4.3.15. Rever to Part IV.1 of Ontario Regulation 191/11 (Integrated Accessibility Standards).
Beach access routs must be firm and stable with openings no greater than 20 mm (3/4 in.) and oriented perpendicular to the direction of travel.
RELATED SECTIONS
All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4.
105 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.3 SWIMMING POOLS, THERAPEUTIC POOLS/ PUBLIC SPAS AND SPRAY PADS RATIONALE the lobby/entrance to the shade from each other change rooms; and from that of the pool Swimming is an important • a direct accessible route in walls and bottom; and recreational and therapeutic activity compliance with 4.1.4 from • have a maximum slope of for many persons with disabilities. the change rooms to the 1:9. The buoyancy and freedom pool deck; • a shower chair available at each offered by an immersive water • where the pool is outdoors, facility for use in transferring environment can be enabling in • an accessible route in into the water and/or shower; themselves. Primary considerations compliance with 4.1.4 • where steps are provided into for accommodating persons who throughout the normally the pool, have mobility impairments include occupied portions of the • steps shall be marked with accessible change facilities and a pool; and a colour-contrasting strip of means of access into the water. • a pool deck that is minimum at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide, Ramped access into the water is 1800 mm (70-7/8 in.) wide at both the riser and the preferred over lift access, as it with a clear accessible route tread; and promotes integration (everyone will in compliance with 4.1.4 • colour-contrasting handrails use the ramp) and independence. around the entire perimeter; on both sides of the steps. Many persons who are visually • access from the pool deck into Such handrails shall extend impaired will benefit from colour the water, provided by a ramp at least 300 mm (11-3/4 and textural cues along primary that shall have in.) beyond the pool edge; routes of travel and at potentially • a handrail on either side at • where a curbed edge is dangerous locations, such as the 865 - 965 mm (34 - 38 in.); provided, it shall be a minimum edge of the pool, at steps into the • a clear width of at least of 200 mm (7-7/8 in.) and a pool and at railings. 1100 mm (43-1/4 in.); maximum of 400 mm (15-3/4 • a curb or other means to in.) in height; Therapeutic pools are generally prevent a wheelchair from • pool boundaries clearly defined smaller, shallower pools that falling off the side; and by both a textural change and include a ramp access and provide • surface finishes capable of a colour contrast to both the submerged bench seating in being kept clean, sanitary water surface and surrounding addition to open exercise space. The and free from slipperiness. area; warm water in therapeutic pools is • where ramp is not • perimeter of pool deck clearly ideal for those rcovering from an submerged it shall delineated by a tactile surface injury, living with chronic disease or • have a landing at the indicator around the pool; who want to participate in a gentle bottom of the ramp that is • firm, slip-resistant materials but effective exercise program. at least 450 - 550 mm (18 and finishes used on the pool The benefits of Aquatic Therapeutic - 21-3/4 in.) below the perimeter, deck or paved areas exercise are: top of the wall; surrounding the pool; • Warm water promotes • be equipped with a floor • non-abrasive and easy-to-clean relaxation; drain at the lowest point; pool perimeter finishes; • Reduced pain; • have a width at the top of • adequate drainage on the pool • Decreased muscle tension; the wall between the pool deck to drain water quickly; • Improved circulation; and ramp of 250 - 300 • where pool-depth indicator • Increased ability and length of mm (10 - 11-3/4 in.); marking is provided, depth- time for exercise; and • have water depth at the indicator markings, as well as • Helps to maintain an landing clearly marked in ‘SHALLOW END’ and ‘DEEP independent lifestyle. figures at least 100 mm END’ markings, of a highly high on the top of the contrasting colour and sufficient APPLICATION wall; and size to be easily visible; • have a maximum slope of • where diving boards or In addition to the design 1:12; platforms are provided, they requirements specified in 4.1 to • where ramp is submerged it shall be clearly marked and 4.4, swimming pools, wading pools, shall protected. Overhead clearances hot pools, spray pads, therapeutic • have water depth at the should be a minimum of 2100 pools, and spas shall comply with bottom of the ramp of mm (82-3/4 in.) or shall be this section. 600 - 900 mm (23-5/8 - protected by suitable guards; 35-1/2 in.); • where lanes, and/or lane DESIGN REQUIREMENTS • have a hard-surfaced area markers are provided, they shall that is at least 750 mm be of a highly contrasting colour. Swimming pools, hot pools public (30 in.) wide contiguous Tie-off devices for lane markers spas and therapy pools shall have to the entire length of the shall be positioned such that • where the pool is indoors, submerged ramp; they do not create a tripping • a direct accessible route in • have finishes that are hazard; compliance with 4.1.4 from different in colour or 106 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.3 SWIMMING POOLS, THERAPEUTIC POOLS/ REQUIREMENTS PUBLIC SPAS AND SPRAY PADS • where starting blocks are Temperature or other controls rounded; provided, they shall be of a associated with the therapy pool • have minimum one grab bar highly contrasting colour and (such as submerged water jets) shall • perpendicular to pool and capable of being securely fixed in meet requirements in 4.4.2. extending full depth of place; transfer wall; • safety equipment and other Depth for the exercise portion of a • located between 100 - 150 accessories shall be stored therapy pool shall be between mm (4 - 5-7/8 in.) above such that they do not present a 1050 - 1200 mm (41 - 47 in.). transfer wall; and tripping hazard; and • with clearance of at least 610 • lifeguard chairs, slides and other Submerged benches shall comply mm (24 in.) on both sides; pool related structures shall be in with 4.3.15. • have adjacent clear deck area highly contrasting colours. for lateral transfer to the transfer Exercise bars (below water level) wall that In retrofit situations where it is shall be incorporated into the design • is outside of and adjacent to technically infeasible to provide a of a therapy pool. barrier free path of travel; ramp, a mechanical pool lift may be • has no obstructions at side of used. Some pools may have both a A public spa shall be surrounded by a transfer wall; ramp and pool lift. The pool lift has a hard-surfaced deck that • has clear space of 900 (35- sling lift that provides a higher level • shall have a minimum clear deck 1/2 in.) x 2200 mm (86-5/8 of assistance for those who may space of not less than 1800 mm in.); and require this level of support. (70-7/8 in.) at the main entrance • has a slope less than 2% at point; and base of transfer wall surface; Where a mechanical pool lift is • shall have a minimum clear deck and provided, space of 900 mm (35-1/2 in.) on • have adjacent clear deck area • it should not be installed where all sides. centred on the grab bar where water level exceeds 1220 mm Exception: where the public spa has one grab bar is provided, or (48 in.) unless entire pool depth an area of less than 6 square metres, centred on the clear space is more than 1220 mm (48 in.); and has no interior dimension of between grab bars where more • the centerline of the seat should more than 2500mm (98-1/2 in.), one than one is provided. be located over the deck and a section of the pool deck that does not minimum 400 mm (15-3/4 in.) exceed 25% of the perimeter may An emergency telephone with direct from the edge of the pool when have a minimum clear deck space of connection to emercency services in raised position; not more than 300 mm (11-5/8 in.) shall be installed within 30m (98 ft. 5 • a clear space beside the seat in.) of a public spa. opposite the water at least 915 Where a set of steps is provide for mm (36 in.) wide and extend entry into and egress from the public All pumps in a public spa shall be forward not less than 1220 mm spa, the steps shall capable of being deactivated by an (48 in.) from a line located 305 • be equipped with a handrail; emergency stop button that is clearly mm (12 in.) behind the rear • have a non-slip surface; and labeled and located within sight and edge of the seat; • have a band of contrasting colour readily accessible within 15m (49 ft. • it shall be capable of unassisted aloung the entire juncture of the 2-1/2 in.) of persons using the public operation from both deck and side and top of the edges. spa. The emergency stop control water levels and be unobstructed shall be seperate from the timing when the lift is in use; and The slope of the bottom of any device, activate an audible and visual • shall have a weight capacity of portion of a public spa shall not signal when used, and be identifed at least 135 kg (300 lbs) and exceed 1:12 (8%). with emergency signage. capable of static load at least 1.5 times the rated load. The maximum depth of water to a SPRAY PADS seat or bench in a public spa shall be Wading pool access shall be safe 600mm (23-5/8 in.) Spray pads shall be designed and gradual so that a child with a • with an accessible route to the disability can be assisted into the At least one accessible access point facility; water easily and/or use a wheelchair shall be provided into a public spa. • to have no curb; to enter. The access point shall be a ramp in • to have a non-slip surface; and compliance with this section or a • with all vertical elements to Swimming pools shall be of ‘level- transfer wall. A transfer wall shall: have high colour contrast with deck’ design. • have a height of 405 - 485 mm the surrounding elements and (16 - 19 in.) above pool deck; environment. THERAPEUTIC POOLS/PUBLIC SPAS • have depth between 300 and 400 mm (11-3/4 - 15-3/4 in.); Water temperature shall be heated to • be slip-resistant and have edges RELATED SECTIONS between 33-34°C (92 - 94°F). All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. 107 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.4 CAFETERIAS
RATIONALE At least one lane at each cashier A minimum of 20% of the tables area shall be accessible and comply must be accessible to persons using Cafeteria serving lines and seating with this section. It is preferable to mogility aids (AODA, IASR, Design area designs need to reflect the have all lanes at all cashier areas of Public Spaces). lower sight lines, reduced reach, accessible. knee-space and manoeuvring Access to outdoor eating areas shall requirements of a person using a DESIGN REQUIREMENTS comply with 4.3.11. wheelchair or scooter. Patrons using mobility devices may not be able Where food or drink is served at Food service lines shall have a to hold a tray or food items while counters exceeding 865 mm (34 in.) minimum clear width of 1100 mm supporting themselves on canes or in height and counters are for use (43-1/4 in.). while manoeuvring a wheelchair. by customers seated on stools or Tray slides should be designed to standing at the counter, a minimum Tray slides shall be mounted no move trays with minimal effort. of 1525 mm (60 in.) length of the higher than 865 mm (34 in.). counter shall be constructed in Features such as colour contrasts compliance with 4.3.8. Service may If self-service shelves are provided, and large print menus may assist also be made available at accessible at least 50% must be within the persons with vision loss/no vision. tables within the same area. reach ranges specified in 4.1.1. It is preferable to have all self-service APPLICATION Access aisles at least 1100 mm (43- shelves accessible. 1/4 in.) shall be provided up to and In addition to the design around all accessible fixed tables. Self-service shelves and dispensing requirements specified in 4.1 to 4.4, The access aisle shall be measured devices for tableware, dishware, cafeterias shall comply with this between parallel edges of tables or condiments, food and beverages section. between a wall and the table edges. shall be installed to comply with 4.1.1. Where fixed tables or counters are Dining areas, including raised or provided, at least 10%, but not sunken dining areas, and outdoor Cashier locations should feature at less than one, shall be accessible seating areas shall be accessible. least one access aisle, which is a and shall comply with 4.3.7. It is In a retrofit situation where it is minimum of 1100 mm (43-1/4 in.) preferable to have all fixed tables technically infeasible to provide wide. It is preferable to have all accessible. access to all levels within a dining aisles accessible. area, or to all parts of outdoor In new construction, and where seating areas, at least one dining In banquet rooms or spaces where practicable in alterations, the area shall be accessible. The a head table or speaker’s lectern fixed tables (or counters) shall be accessible area must feature the is located on a raised platform, distributed throughout the space. same level of service and décor as the platform shall be accessible in the rest of the dining area and it compliance with 4.1.9 or 4.1.15, as must not be restricted to use by well as 4.3.3. persons with disabilities. Spaces for vending machines, beverage dispensers and other A shelf at this height 1100 mm min equipment shall comply with 4.1.1 and shall be located on an cannot be seen by (43-1/4 in.) a seated person accessible route in compliance with 4.1.4.
Barriers and/or turnstiles, where provided to control access, shall comply with 4.1.7.
Queuing areas shall comply with 4.3.6. (54 in.)
1370 mm max RELATED SECTIONS (34 in.)
865 mm max All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. Figure 4.5.4.1 Figure 4.5.4.2 Self Serve Counter Aisle Width
108 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.5 CHURCHES, CHAPELS AND REQUIREMENTS OTHER PLACES OF WORSHIP RATIONALE RELATED SECTIONS
Access to all areas of worship All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, should be provided. Access assumes 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. that persons with disabilities may be participants, leaders, staff or volunteers.
APPLICATION
In addition to the design requirements specified in 4.1 to 4.4, churches, chapels and other places of worship and/or reflection shall comply with this section.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
All areas in churches, chapels and other places of worship and/ or reflection shall beaccessible to persons with disabilities, including main areas of worship, meeting rooms, washrooms, coatrooms and offices.
Accessible seating shall be provided in compliance with 4.3.2.
Pulpits, altars, daises and choir areas shall comply with 4.3.3.
Public address systems shall comply with 4.4.9.
Assistive listening systems shall comply with 4.4.6.
109 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.6 LIBRARIES
RATIONALE APPLICATION DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Traditional and automated systems In addition to the design Accessible fixed seating, tables and should be available to all patrons requirements specified in 4.1 to study carrels shall be located on an and staff. Both the design of the 4.4, libraries shall comply with this accessible route in compliance with facility and the provision of services section. 4.1.4. should be considered. Service counters and study carrels should Where fixed seating, tables or Clearances between fixed seating, accommodate the knee-space and study carrels are provided, at least tables and study carrels shall armrest requirements of a person 10% but no less than one shall be comply with 4.1.4. using a wheelchair. Computer accessible and in compliance with catalogues, carrels and workstations this section. It is preferable to have Where shelving is provided at fixed should be provided at a range of all fixed seating, tables and study seating, tables or study carrels, the heights, to accommodate persons carrels accessible. shelving shall be no higher than who are standing or sitting, as well 1120 mm (44 in.). as children of many ages and sizes. At least one lane at each checkout It is preferred to provide height- area shall be accessible and comply Accessible fixed study carrels shall adjustable furnishings. with this section. It is preferable to incorporate have all lanes at all checkout areas • work surfaces and knee/toe The provision of workstations accessible. clearances that comply with equipped with assistive technology 4.3.7; such as large displays, screen Where computer catalogues or • an electrical outlet; and readers, etc. will increase the workstations are provided, at • lighting levels of at least 100 accessibility of a library. least 50% shall be accessible and lux (9.3 ft-candles) at the work shall comply with this section. It surface. The provision of book drop-off slots is preferable to have all computer at different heights for standing and catalogues and workstations Where provided, traffic control or seated use will enhance usability. accessible. book security gates shall comply with 4.1.7.
Minimum clear aisle space at card catalogues and at stacks shall comply with 4.1.4. 1100 mm min (43-1/4 in.)
1100 mm min (43-1/4 in.) 1100 mm min (43-1/4 in.)
Figure 4.5.6.1 Aisle Width
110 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.6 LIBRARIES REQUIREMENTS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Where provided, computer Book drop slots shall (Continued) catalogues and computer • be located on an accessible workstations shall incorporate route complying with 4.1.4; Aisle configurations shall incorporate • knee and toe space below the • be located adjacent to a 2440 a clear floor space allowing a person work surface in compliance with by 2440 mm (96 by 96 in.) level in a wheelchair to make a 180- 4.1.1 and 4.3.7; clear floor space. In a retrofit degree turn in compliance with • a maximum work surface height situation where it is technically 4.1.1. of 865 mm (34 in.); and infeasible to create a 2440 x • a maximum table depth of 915 2440 mm (96 by 96 in.) clear Maximum reach heights at card mm (36 in.). floor space, the space may be catalogues shall comply with 4.1.1. reduced to 1525 x 1525 mm A minimum of one movable (60 by 60 in.); and Shelf height in stack areas is chair shall be provided at every • have a slot that is operable unrestricted. information service counter, using one hand, located computer catalogue or computer between 860 mm (34 in.) and Circulation service counters and workstation. 1220 mm (48 in.) above the information service counters shall floor. comply with 4.3.8. Lighting at book stacks shall be mounted directly over the aisle space and provide a minimum of 200 lux (20 ft-candles) at a nominal working height of 920 mm (36 in.).
The acoustic quality shall be free of unnecessary background noise and should permit comprehension by persons with limited hearing. (Refer
(54 in.) also to 4.4.16.)
Where CDs, tapes, talking books, etc. are available as part of the 1370 mm minimum reach low
library resource materials, or for loan purposes, a separate space maximum high reach shall be provided for auditing this (9 in.) 230 mm material without disturbing other library users. Figure 4.5.6.2 Reach Heights RELATED SECTIONS
All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, 915 mm max 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. (36 in.) (27 in.) (28-34 in.) 685 mm min 710-865 mm
Figure 4.5.6.3 Work Surfaces
111 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.7 BUSINESS, MERCANTILE AND CIVIC
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS separate personnel from the public, the method of communication The role of persons with disabilities All accessible sales and service provided shall be accessible to both should not be restricted or limited to counters shall be on an accessible individuals who use a wheelchair or that of the customer or consumer. route that complies with 4.1.4. scooter and individuals who have Workspaces should be designed difficulty bending. with a view to future adaptation In areas used for transactions or accommodation of individual where counters have cash registers The clear width of accessible equipment or assistive devices. and are provided for sales and checkout lines shall comply with distribution of goods or services to 4.1.4, and the maximum adjoining APPLICATION the public, the counter shall have counter height shall not exceed at least one portion that is at least 965 mm (38 in.) above the finished In addition to the design 920 mm (36 in.) in length, with a floor. The top of any counter edge requirements specified in 4.1 to maximum surface height of 865 protection shall be no more than 4.4, business, mercantile and civic mm (34 in.) above the finished 50 mm (2 in.) above the top of the facilities shall comply with this floor and shall have adjacentclear counter surface on the aisle side of section. floor space of at least 1370 mm x the check-out counter. 810 mm (54 x 32 in.) to allow for In areas used for transactions parallel approach by a person using Signage identifying accessible where counters have cash registers a wheelchair or scooter. checkout aisles shall incorporate and are provided for sales and the International Symbol of Access distribution of goods or services to In areas used for transactions that and shall be mounted above the the public, at least one of each type may not have a cash register but checkout aisle in the same location shall have a portion of the counter at which goods and services are where the checkout number or type accessible and in compliance sold, including, but not limited to, of checkout is displayed. with this section. Such counters ticketing counters, teller stations, shall include, but not be limited registration counters, information Any devices used to prevent the to, counters in retail stores and counters, box office counters and removal of shopping carts from distribution centres. library check-out areas either a store premises shall not prevent portion of the main counter shall access or egress to persons who Where counters are dispersed be a minimum of 865 mm (34 in.) use a wheelchair or scooter. An throughout the facility, the in length, with a maximum height alternate entrance that is equally accessible counters must also be of 865 mm (34 in.) or an auxiliary convenient to that provided for dispersed throughout the facility. counter with the required minimum ambulatory persons is acceptable. dimensions shall be provided in In public facilities where counters close proximity to the main counter. RELATED SECTIONS or teller windows have solid partitions or security glazing to In public facilities where counters All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, separate personnel from the public, or teller windows have solid 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. at least one of each type shall partitions or security glazing to provide a method to facilitate voice communication. Such methods Total checkout aisles of each design Minimum number of accessible may include, but are not limited to, checkout aisles of each design grills, slats, talk-through baffles, 1-4 1 intercoms or telephone handset 5-8 2 devices. 9-15 3 Over 15 3 plus 20% of additional aisles The number of accessible checkout aisles provided shall be in Table 4.5.7 conformance with Table 4.5.7. Required Number of Accessible Checkout Aisles
112 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.8 POLICE STATIONS REQUIREMENTS
RATIONALE such security screening devices, to DESIGN REQUIREMENTS facilitate an equivalent circulation Police stations should accommodate path for persons using a wheelchair Accessible cells shall be located on persons with disabilities who may or scooter. an accessible route in compliance be members of the public, with 4.1.4. detainees, members of counsel or In non-contact visiting areas where police staff. All areas of the police detainees are separated from Where provided to serve accessible station that are used by the public, visitors, the following elements, cells, the following elements or members of staff and counsel where provided, shall be accessible spaces shall be accessible and should be fully accessible to persons and located on an accessible route connected by an accessible route. with disabilities. Secure areas, such complying with 4.1.4. • All doors and doorways on as cells and common areas used by • Cubicles and Counters: 5%, but an accessible route shall detainees, should have provisions not less than one, shall comply comply with 4.1.6. Exception: to accommodate persons with with 4.3.7 on both the visitor Secured entrances, doors and disabilities. and detainee sides. Where doorways operated only by counters are provided, they security personnel shall not be APPLICATION shall comply with 4.3.8 on both required to have accessible door the visitor and detainee sides. hardware. In addition to the design Exception: Non-contact visiting • At least one toilet and one requirements specified in 4.1 to 4.4, areas not serving accessible bathing facility shall comply holding cells in police stations shall cells or rooms. with 4.2. comply with this section. • Partitions: Solid partitions or • Accessible beds shall have security glazing separating manoeuvring space of at least Except as specified in this section, visitors from detainees through 920 mm (36 in.) wide along one all common use areas serving which communication is side. accessible cells or rooms and all necessary shall incorporate • At least one drinking fountain public use areas shall be designed communication systems which and/or water cooler shall and constructed to comply with 4.1 are accessible to both comply with 4.3.1. to 4.4. Exceptions: Requirements individuals who use a • Fixed or built-in tables, counters for areas of rescue assistance in wheelchair or scooter and or work surfaces shall comply 4.4.1 do not apply. Compliance individuals who have difficulty with 4.3.7. with requirements for elevators and bending. If such communication • At least one fixed bench shall stairs is not required in multi-storey systems incorporate a telephone comply with 4.3.15. housing facilities where accessible handset, at least one telephone • Fixed or built-in storage shall cells or rooms, all common use handset shall be equipped with comply with 4.3.9. areas serving them and all public a volume control. • All controls intended for use areas are located on an operation by detainees shall accessible route. At least 2%, but not less than comply with 4.4.2. one, of the total number of cells Entrances used by the public, shall comply with this section. Where audible emergency warning including those that are secured, Where special cells are provided systems are provided to serve shall be accessible and in (e.g., orientation, protective occupants of cells, visual alarms compliance with 4.1.5. Exception: custody, disciplinary, segregation, complying with 4.4.4 shall also be Secured entrances, doors and detoxification or medical isolation), provided. Exception: Visual alarms doorways operated only by security at least one of each purpose shall are not required where detainees personnel shall not be required to comply with this section. are not allowed independent means have accessible door hardware. of egress. In addition to the aforementioned Where security systems are cell requirements, at least 2%, Where permanently installed provided at public or other but not less than one, of general telephones are provided within cells, entrances required to be accessible cells shall be equipped with audible they shall have volume controls. by this section, an accessible emergency warning systems or route complying with 4.1.4 shall permanently installed telephones RELATED SECTIONS be provided through fixed security within the cell, in compliance with barriers at required accessible this section. All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, entrances. Where security barriers 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. incorporate equipment such as Medical care facilities providing metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or physical or medical treatment or other similar devices which cannot care shall be accessible to persons be made accessible, an accessible with disabilities. route shall be provided adjacent to
113 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.9 MUNICIPAL COURTS
RATIONALE shall be provided adjacent to such without requiring substantial security screening devices, to reconstruction of the space. Municipal court facilities should facilitate an equivalent circulation • In alterations, accessible clear accommodate persons with path. floor spaces are not required disabilities who may be members of to be located within the the judiciary, court clerks or other DESIGN REQUIREMENTS defined area of jury boxes or officials, defendants, members of witness stands and may be counsel and members of the public. Where a two-way communication located outside these spaces system is provided to gain where a ramp or lift access Court facilities usually incorporate admittance to a facility, or to poses a hazard by restricting changes in level at the judge's dais restricted areas within a facility, the or projecting into a required and court officials’ areas. While system shall provide both visual and means of egress. it is not required to make all of audible signals and shall comply these areas fully accessible, it is a with 4.4.2. Permanently installed assistive requirement that they be easy to listening systems in compliance adapt, should the need arise in the Where provided, the following with 4.4.6 shall be provided in each future to accommodate a person elements and spaces shall be on courtroom. The minimum number of with a mobility impairment. Other an accessible route complying with receivers shall be 4% of the room areas of the court generally used by 4.1.4. occupant load, but not less than the public, defendants, witnesses • Spectator, Press and other two receivers. An informational and counsel should be accessible to areas with Fixed Seats: Each sign indicating the availability of an all persons. spectator, press and other assistive listening system shall be area with fixed seats having posted in a prominent place. APPLICATION a seating capacity of 25 or less, shall have within its Where provided in areas for jury In addition to the design defined area aclear floor assembly or deliberation, the requirements specified in 4.1 to 4.4, space complying with 4.1.1. following elements or spaces shall municipal courts shall comply with Where the seating capacity of be on an accessible route complying this section. a spectator, press and other with 4.1.4 and shall comply with the area with fixed seats is greater following provisions In addition to the accessible than 25, seating provision shall • refreshment areas, kitchenettes entrances used by staff or the be provided in compliance with and fixed or built-in refreshment public as required in 4.1.5, where 4.3.2. dispensers shall be accessible to provided, at least one restricted • Jury Boxes and Witness Stands: persons with disabilities. entrance and one secured entrance Each jury box and witness stand • where provided, drinking to the facility shall be accessible. shall have within its defined fountains shall comply with Restricted entrances are those area clear floor space complying 4.3.1. entrances used only by judges, with 4.1.1. public officials, facility personnel • Judges' Benches and Courtroom RELATED SECTIONS or other authorized parties on a Stations: Judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, controlled basis. Secure entrances All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, court reporters' stations, and are those entrances to judicial 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. facilities used only by detainees litigants' and counsel stations and detention officers. Exception: shall comply with 4.3.7. Secured entrances, doors and doorways operated only by security Exceptions: personnel shall not be required to • Vertical access to raised have accessible door hardware. judges' benches or courtroom stations need not be installed, An accessible route complying provided that the requisite with 4.1.4 shall be provided areas and manoeuvering spaces through fixed security barriers are installed at the time of at required accessible entrances. initial construction, to allow Where security barriers incorporate future installation of a means equipment such as metal detectors, of vertical access complying fluoroscopes, or other similar with 4.1.9, 4.1.14 or 4.1.15 devices which cannot be made accessible, an accessible route
114 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.10 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS
RATIONALE All glazed panels surrounding bus RELATED SECTIONS shelters shall incorporate decals, Links to usable transportation and other safety features as All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, should be accessible to all members specified in 4.1.8. 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. of a community. Accessibility within terminals and use of systems BUS STOPS should be addressed. This includes public and private bus, taxi, train, Bus stops shall and airplane arrival and departure • incorporate a paved, firm, level points. A variety of lift devices may surface, in compliance with local need to be accommodated, and authority standards; and alternatives to audio and/or visual- • not be impeded by adjacent only scheduling should be available. street furniture, such as dispensers, vending machines, It is important to provide waste boxes, planters, posts, appropriate wayfinding guidance signs and guide wires. in open areas, including tactile direction indicators. TRANSIT TERMINALS
APPLICATION Where bus platforms or other boarding platforms are provided, In addition to the design they shall allow safe access for requirements specified in 4.1 to persons who use a wheelchair or 4.4, transportation facilities located scooter, and where possible, provide within a site shall comply with this level access into buses. section. The edges of platforms shall DESIGN REQUIREMENTS incorporate a continuous detectable warning surface of at least 600 mm BUS SHELTERS (23-5/8 in.) wide and in compliance with 4.4.8. Bus shelters shall • be located on firm, level pads Lighting levels at all boarding approximately at the same platforms shall be at least 100 lux elevation as the sidewalk or (10 ft-candles) at the platform or walkway; boarding-surface edge. • have clearances around at least two sides of the shelter, Boarding locations shall incorporate including the landing pad side, visible and audible warning signals of at least 1220 mm (48 in.); to advise travellers of approaching • provide a clear view of vehicles. oncoming traffic; • incorporate sufficient clear floor Where special lifting devices are space to accommodate a person used, either on the vehicle or at using a wheelchair or scooter; the boarding point, appropriate and manoeuvring space shall be • feature at least one seat with provided around the boarding armrests and a seat height point for waiting passengers using between 450 mm and 500 mm wheelchairs. (17-3/4 in. and 19-5/8 in.) and in compliance with 4.3.15. Seating shall be provided in compliance with 4.3.15, at or close to boarding points.
115 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.11 FIRE STATIONS
RATIONALE Exception: Facilities for the Where more than 3 entrances are exclusive use of firefighters such provided, minimum 2 barrier-free Municipal fire stations should as hose towers, fitness rooms, entrances are required (per OBC). accommodate the accessibility 2nd floors, dormitories, and any needs of potential facility users basement level storage space. Spaces that may be used by (while supervised), including but not community and public within fire limited to: At least one accessible public stations shall comply with Section • Injured staff attending a washroom shall be provided. 4.3.5. Captain’s office or other meeting space within the facility; DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Common-use areas within a fire • Administration staff, Council station, such as the kitchen, shall Members, Consultants, etc Public entrances shall be accessible comply with all relevant sections of attending site visits; and in compliance with 4.1.5. this Standard. • Tours of non-work staff (School groups, etc.); Firefighter entrances shall be The accessible washroom shall: • Occasional uses of the facility. accessible and in compliance with • comply with 4.2.7 except that Fire stations contain spaces that 4.1.5, except that a power door an adult-sized change table is may be used by the public while operator is not required, unless it not required (but space for an supervised by staff; and is required by the Ontario Building adult sized change table must • Use by members of the general Code. be provided); and public in an emergency situation • have a baby change table. • Pedestrian walk-up &/or An accessible path of travel in vehicular drop-in requests compliance with 4.1.4 shall be Where public parking is provided, at for assistance/emergency provided from accessible public least one accessible parking space services; and entrances to all spaces that are shall be located close to the primary accessible to the public or intended public entrance. Areas of fire stations likely to be for access/viewing by visitors. used by the public, including the RELATED SECTIONS apparatus bay, should be accessible for persons with disabilities. All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. APPLICATION Shower Controls Areas of a fire station that are Grab Bar accessible to the public and/ or intended for access/viewing by visitors shall comply with this Shower Seat section.
Grab Bars
Trench Drain Power Door Operator Control TP
Baby Change Table
Baby Change Table Clear Space Shower Clear Space Transfer
Adult-Sized Space Change Table Space for Future Baby Change Table TP Sink Clear Floor Space Trench Drain Sink Clear
n Floor Space o Space for i t a
r Future Adult e D p
o h Change Table l c S
n
Clear Transfer e % r 1 Space T Power Door Operator Control Grab Shower Shower Figure 4.5.11.1 Bar Seat Controls Figure 4.5.11.2 Universal Washroom - Renovation Universal Washroom - New Construction 116 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC 4.5.12 TRAINING AND TEACHING SPACES REQUIREMENTS
RATIONALE APPLICATION DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Students, teachers and staff with All training and teaching spaces Training and teaching spaces shall disabilities should be accommodated shall be accessible and shall comply incorporate in all training and teaching spaces with this section. • At least one entry/egress door throughout the facility. Basic in compliance with 4.1.6; accommodation includes the ability Where built-in elements such as • Entrance doors into training to enter and move freely throughout fixed seating, tables or laboratory and teaching spaces with a the space, as well as use the benches are provided within a capacity of over 60 people various built-in elements within (i.e. training/teaching space, at least shall incorporate a power door integrated technology, whiteboards, 10% but no less than one, shall be operator; switches, computer stations, sinks, accessible and in compliance within • Floor surfaces throughout in etc.) this section. compliance with 4.1.2; • Primary circulation routes Individuals with disabilities At least 2% of the seating shall be in compliance with 4.1.4, frequently use learning aids and wider seats with a load capacity of linking all functional areas and other assistive devices that require at least 227 kg (500 lbs). elements within the space; a power supply. The provision • Secondary circulation routes no of additional electrical outlets At least 2% of tables and chairs less than 920 mm (36 in.) wide; throughout training and teaching shall be height adjustable. • Controls and operating spaces will better-accommodate the mechanisms in compliance with use of such equipment. At least 50% of shelf space in 4.4.2; storage facilities in training/teaching • Where provided, windows, Where built-in elements are spaces shall comply with this glazed screens and sidelights in duplicated within individual training/ section. compliance with 4.1.8; teaching spaces, such as laboratory • Access to assistive learning benches or pinboards, at least one Where writing surfaces are devices such as screen reading of each type of element should be integrated into training/teaching software or adapted keyboards accessible. space seating, 10% but no less than on an as-needed basis; and one shall accommodate persons • Access to an accessible Fixtures, fittings, furniture and who are left-handed. washroom on the same floor equipment specified for training/ level. teaching spaces, shall be flexible Classroom 'portables' shall comply for use by students, teachers and with this section. Classrooms, auditoria, assembly staff with a wide range of abilities. areas and other training and Adjustable height tables and chairs, At least 3% of the seating capacity teaching spaces that incorporate removable armrests and including within any training and teaching fixed seating shall rolling/locking casters on furniture facilities shall be accessible and • Incorporate no less than two allows an individual to make any reserved for persons in wheelchairs. separate accessible seating adjustments needed to adapt the locations; environment to meet their individual The common-use areas of training/ • Incorporate accessible seating needs. teaching facilities shall comply with locations in compliance with all relevant sections of this manual. 4.3.2; and • Allow persons with disabilities to access the primary presentation area.
Wheelchair seating spaces shall be places in close proximity to the room entrance. The minimum size of a wheelchair seating space shall comply with 4.3.2 Viewing Positions.
Where applicable, training and teaching spaces shall incorporate assistive listening systems in compliance with 4.4.6.
117 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.12 TRAINING AND TEACHING SPACES
Where training and teaching spaces Where training and teaching spaces Lighting levels in training and incorporate safety equipment such incorporate demonstration areas teaching spaces should be a as fire extinguishers, eye-baths such as laboratory benches, cooking minimum of 500 lux (50 f) and 750 or deluge shower, such equipment prep stations, fume cabinets or lux (75 fc) at the podium. shall be accessible to and usable by computer stations, provisions persons with disabilities. must be made to facilitate viewing Where training and teaching spaces from a variety of eye-levels. The are intended primarily for the use of Accessible work surfaces and other installation of mirrors over the children (such as a childrens' area built-in elements within training and demonstration areas is one way in a library), spaces and elements teaching spaces shall to provide such access as well as shall be designed to meet the • Comply with 4.3.7; the use of cameras and a monitor alternate mounting height and reach • Where applicable, incorporate screen for image display. range accommodating children controls and operating identified in Table 4.5.12. mechanisms in compliance with Where training and teaching spaces 4.4.2; incorporate sinks, at least one shall RELATED SECTIONS • Provide access to data and comply with 4.3.18. electrical outlets within close All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, proximity and easy reach to Where training and teaching 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4. accessible seating spaces; and spaces incorporate appliances such • Be positioned such that a as dishwashers, ranges and/or personal assistant, service cooktops, ovens and refrigerators/ animal and/or extra equipment freezers, at least one of each type can be accommodated at each shall comply with 4.3.18. accessible seating location. Where training and teaching spaces Work surfaces shall incorporate non- incorporate kitchens, each kitchen glare finishes. shall • Comply with 4.3.18; and Accessible storage elements within • Incorporate at least one work training and teaching spaces shall surface minimum 920 mm (36 • Be located on an accessible in.) wide, located maximum 865 route with adjacent clear floor mm (34 in.) high, with knee space in compliance with 4.1.1; space below at least 810 mm • Comply with at least one of the (32 in.) wide, 480 mm reach ranges specified in 4.1.1; (18-7/8 in.) deep, and 685 mm and (27 in.) high. • Incorporate operable portions • Alternatively, provide height that comply with 4.4.2. adjustable work surfaces
Where pinboards, whiteboards, Where provided, lockers shall smartboards or other display comply with 4.3.10. systems are provided within training and teaching spaces, at least one of Where speaker podiums are each type shall provided they shall comply with • Be located on an accessible 4.3.7. route with adjacent clear floor space in compliance with 4.1.1; Spaces intended for general and training, teaching and study shall • Have its lowest edge located no feature a background noise level no higher than 760 mm (30 in.). higher than 30 dB(A).
Forward or Ages 3 - 4 Ages 5 - 8 Ages 9 - 12 Side Reach High 915 mm 1015 mm 1120 mm (maximum) (36) (40) (44) Low 510 mm 455 mm 405 mm (minimum) (20) (18) (16) Table 4.5.12 Children over the age of 12 have the same reach Alternate reach requirements requirements as adults. for children 118 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.6 MAINTENANCE AND 4.5.13 LABORATORIES OPERATIONS
RATIONALE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Areas intended for demonstration purposes, such as laboratory Staff with disabilities should have Laboratories shall incorporate benches, fume cabinets or computer equitable access to laboratory • At least one entry/egress door stations, provisions must be made facilities. in compliance with 4.1.6; to facilitate viewing from a variety • Entrance doors into laboratory of eye levels. The installation of Basic accommodation includes the spaces with a capacity of over mirrors over the demonstration area ability to enter and move freely 60 people shall incorporate a is one way to provide such access. throughout the space, as well as power door operator; use the various built-in elements • Floor surfaces throughout in Where laboratory sinks are within (i.e. blackboards, switches, compliance with 4.1.2; provided, at least one of each type benches, sinks, etc). Individual • Primary circulation routes shall comply with 4.3.18. staff with a disability may require in compliance with 4.1.4, additional accommodations beyond linking all functional areas and Accessible storage elements shall those identified within this section. elements within the space; • Be located on an accessible • Secondary circulation routes no route with adjacent clear floor Where built-in elements are less than 920 mm (36 in.) wide; space in compliance with 4.1.1; duplicated within a laboratory, such • Controls and operating • Comply with at least one of the as benches or pinboards, at least mechanisms in compliance with reach ranges specified in 4.1.1; one of each type of element should 4.4.2; and and be accessible. • Where provided, windows, • Incorporate operable portions glazed screens and sidelights in that comply with 4.4.2. Fixtures, fittings, furniture and compliance with 4.1.8. equipment specified for laboratories, Safety equipment such as fire shall be flexible for use by persons Accessible built-in elements such as extinguishers, eye-baths or deluge with disabilities. However, it is tables and benches shall showers shall be accessible to and recognized that not all equipment • Have work surfaces in useable by persons with disabilities. found in laboratories is usable by compliance with section 4.3.7; persons with disabilities. • Provide access to data and Where pinboards, whiteboards, electrical outlets within close smartboards or other display APPLICATION proximity and easy reach to systems are provided within accessible seating spaces; and laboratories, at least one of each All laboratories shall be accessible • Be positioned such that a type shall and shall comply with this section. personal assistant, service • Be located on an accessible animal and/or extra equipment route with adjacent clear floor Where built-in elements such as can be accommodated at each space in compliance with 4.1.1; fixed seating, tables, benches or accessible seating location. and fume hoods are provided within a • Have its lowest edge located no laboratory, at least 3% but no less Work surfaces shall incorporate non- higher than 750 mm than one, shall be accessible and in glare finishes. (29-1/2 in.). compliance with this section. Where provided, all fume hoods Wherever practical, controls and shall have base surface At least 50% of shelf space in operating mechanism associated mounted no higher than 865 storage facilities in laboratories shall with built-in elements and mm (34 in.) above the floor. At comply with this section. equipment shall be mounted on the least one fume hood shall have front face of the built-in element knee-space below, at least 685 or equipment, or in an equivalent mm high (27 in.) by 480 mm location that is reachable by a deep (18-7/8 in.) by 810 mm user in a seated position. All other wide (32 in.). characteristics of controls and operating mechanisms shall comply RELATED SECTIONS with 4.4.2. All relevant parts of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4
119 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.5 FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.14 CHILD CARE/MINDING
RATIONALE Cubbies and Coat storage areas RELATED SECTIONS shall comply with 4.3.9. Access to all areas within the All relevant parts of Sections 4.1. daycare should be provided. If a lockable mail box is provided it 4.2, 4.3. and 4.4. Access assumes that persons with shall comply with 4.4.2. disabilities may be children, parents, staff or volunteers. If a separate dedicated child or infant sleeping room is provided it APPLICATION shall comply with path of travel and turn circle to all cots and transfer In addition to the design space for children with disabilities requirements specified in 4.1 to for at least 5% (never less than 1) 4.4, daycare centres and daycare of the beds/cots. facilities shall comply with this section. All areas in daycare Adjacencies for rooms shall have centres and daycare facilities shall the entry and community lobby with be accessible to persons with access to a universal washroom, disabilities. the main circulation corridor, an elevator (if on more than one level), a stroller storage area and access to DESIGN REQUIREMENTS the outdoor play space door The entry vestibules shall be large Barrier-free power operators enough to accommodate a triple should not allow children to leave stroller and a person, in addition to the centre unsupervised. Keypad the free space require for the clear access, card reader or other swing of any door that enters the type of secure access should be space. incorporated and operate so that the automatic door operator only Accessible tables, counters, work activates their use. surfaces and activity counters or built-in millwork shall be located on Where stairs and ramps are an accessible route complying with provided, handrails shall comply 4.1.4. with 4.1.12 and a second child- height handrail mounted at 510 Public address systems shall comply – 710 mm (20 – 28 inch) will be with 4.4.9. provided. Assistive listening systems shall Where elevators are provided they comply with 4.4.6. shall be sized to accommodate a triple stroller and the appropriate Kitchens/kitchenettes or Food staff-to-child ratio based on age preparation areas shall comply with group served by the daycare facility. 4.3.18. Playgrounds on site shall comply with the CAN/CSA Z614-07 Annex H.
120 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
4.6 MAINTENANCE AND 4.6 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS OPERATIONS
RATIONALE MAINTENANCE Operable elements installed on or REQUIREMENTS adjacent to accessible interior and Property maintenance is important exterior routes shall be inspected, to ensure an accessible environment Accessible routes and emergency well maintained on a regular that is safe and useable by exits / areas of rescue assistance schedule, and kept in operable everyone. Such maintenance shall be maintained, and kept free condition. These elements can involves the proper care, cleaning of objects, debris, snow, ice and/ include but are not limited to: and repair of a facility, maintaining or excessive water accumulation. • Elevating devices; it in good order and safe condition. Maintenance shall include, but not • Power door operators; Snow and ice removal are be limited to, the timely removal • Swipe card access systems; particularly important components of snow, ice, winter sand/salt, • Signage; of property maintenance. wet leaves and other debris from • Lighting; Consideration should be given to the accessible routes, curb ramps, • Controls; use of radiant heating at accessible stairs, and entrances. • Gates; entrances, ramps and other exterior • Closers; elements, in an effort to maintain Designated areas for snow piling • Mechanical chair lifts; an optimum level of safety and shall be provided at pedestrian • Automatic ticket machines; and continued use of accessible building routes, entrances, stairs, ramps and • Other essential equipment. elements. public parking areas. Snow storage shall not reduce the minimum width When a portion of an accessible APPLICATION required for an exterior accessible route is temporarily closed to route, or affect the usability of users, a continuous alternative All accessible facilities, accessible accessible facilities, elements or accessible route that complies with elements and systems within those systems. 4.1.4 (Accessible Routes, Paths and facilities, and contained within the Corridors) shall be provided. The facility site, shall be maintained Catch basins and run-offs shall be alternative accessible route shall be on a regular basis to ensure their kept clear to ensure rapid removal separated from vehicular routes, continued usability and safety. of water from melting snow or ice and the location and direction of from all pedestrian routes. the alternative accessible route shall be clear and easy to detect for Regular and systematic checks individuals of all abilities. Provide shall be undertaken to ensure that Alternate Route signage including no obstacles have been located in end date of disruption to be pedestrian routes (e.g., newspaper installed in compliance with 4.4.7. vending machines and bicycle racks or garbage containers). Where maintenance work is contemplated/underway clear Where accessible routes are not notification must be posted to cleared regularly, appropriate inform all users of alternate signage shall be used. routes to accessible features such as washrooms, ramps, TTY Garbage containers shall be emptied services, escalators, elevators regularly to avoid the accumulation and other systems provided to of extraneous garbage around the accommodate the needs of people containers and the likelihood of with disabilities. Notification signs bees/insects accumulating during should not only be located and warmer weather. maintained at the maintenance sites but also at all facility entrances, Light bulbs along pedestrian routes receptions, and service counters. shall be replaced on a regular It is also important to ensure that schedule, with lamps (of the same posted notification signs are well- wattage) for which they were maintained and provide advanced designed. notice of disruption in service.
121 4.0 DESIGN STANDARDS CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
This page intentionally left blank.
122 CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
UNIVERSAL DESIGN APPENDIX A PRINCIPLES AND GUIDELINES
Version 2.0 - 4/1/97 1b. Avoid segregating or stigmatizing PRINCIPLE FIVE: Tolerance for any users. Error Compiled by advocates of universal 1c. Provisions for privacy, security, The design minimizes hazards and the design, listed in alphabetical order: and safety should be equally available adverse consequences of accidental Bettye Rose Connell, Mike Jones, Ron to all users. or unintended actions. Mace, Jim Mueller, Abir Mullick, Elaine 1d. Make the design appealing to all Ostroff, Jon Sanford, Ed Steinfeld, users. Guidelines: Molly Story, and Gregg Vanderheiden 5a. Arrange elements to minimize PRINCIPLE TWO: Flexibility in Use hazards and errors: most used Major funding provided by: The The design accommodates a wide elements, most accessible; hazardous National Institute on Disability range of individual preferences and elements eliminated, isolated, or and Rehabilitation Research, U.S. abilities. shielded. Department of Education 5b. Provide warnings of hazards and Guidelines: errors. http://www.ncsu.edu/ncsu/design/ 2a. Provide choice in methods of use. 5c. Provide fail-safe features. cud/pubs_p/docs/poster.pdf 2b. Accommodate right- or left- 5d. Discourage unconscious action in handed access and use. tasks that require vigilance. Copyright 1997 NC State University, 2c. Facilitate the user’s accuracy and The Center for Universal Design precision. PRINCIPLE SIX: Low Physical 2d. Provide adaptability to the user’s Effort UNIVERSAL DESIGN: pace. The design can be used efficiently and comfortably and with a minimum of The design of products and PRINCIPLE THREE: Simple and fatigue. environments to be usable by all Intuitive Use people, to the greatest extent Use of the design is easy to Guidelines: possible, without the need for understand, regardless of the user’s 6a. Allow user to maintain a neutral adaptation or specialized design. experience, knowledge, language body position. skills, or current concentration level. 6b. Use reasonable operating forces. The authors, a working group of 6c. Minimize repetitive actions. architects, product designers, Guidelines: 6d. Minimize sustained physical engineers and environmental 3a. Eliminate unnecessary complexity. effort. design researchers, collaborated 3b. Be consistent with user to establish the following Principles expectations and intuition. PRINCIPLE SEVEN: Size and of Universal Design to guide a 3c. Accommodate a wide range of Space for Approach and Use wide range of design disciplines, literacy and language skills. Appropriate size and space are including environments, products, 3d. Arrange information consistent provided for approach, reach, and communications. These seven with its importance. manipulation, and use, regardless of principles may be applied to 3e. Provide effective prompting user’s body size, posture, or mobility. evaluate existing designs, guide the and feedback during and after task design process and educate both completion. Guidelines: designers and consumers about 7a. Provide a clear line of sight to the characteristics of more usable PRINCIPLE FOUR: Perceptible important elements for any seated or products and environments. Information standing user. The design communicates necessary 7b. Make reach to all components The Principles of Universal Design information effectively to the user, comfortable for any seated or are presented here, in the following regardless of ambient conditions or standing user. format: name of the principle, the user’s sensory abilities. 7c. Accommodate variations in hand intended to be a concise and easily and grip size. remembered statement of the key Guidelines: 7d. Provide adequate space for the concept embodied in the principle; 4a. Use different modes (pictorial, use of assistive devices or personal definition of the principle, a brief verbal, tactile) for redundant assistance. description of the principle’s primary presentation of essential information. directive for design; and guidelines, 4b. Provide adequate contrast Please note that the Principles a list of the key elements that should between essential information and its of Universal Design address only be present in a design which adheres surroundings. universally usable design, while the to the principle. (Note: all guidelines 4c. Maximize “legibility” of essential practice of design involves more may not be relevant to all designs.) information. than consideration for usability. 4d. Differentiate elements in ways Designers must also incorporate other PRINCIPLE ONE: Equitable Use that can be described (i.e., make it considerations, such as economic, The design is useful and marketable easy to give instructions or directions). engineering, cultural, gender, and to people with diverse abilities. 4e. Provide compatibility with a environmental concerns, in their variety of techniques or devices used design processes. These principles Guidelines: by people with sensory limitations. offer designers guidance to better 1a. Provide the same means of use integrate features that meet the for all users: identical whenever needs of as many users as possible. possible; equivalent when not. 123 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX B WAYFINDING
RATIONALE DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS • Signage zones – Placed consistently on each floor such “Wayfinding” is a term that Way finding shall: as near public elevators and describes the spatial problem- • Assume all building users are along public circulation routes, solving process that a person uses first time visitors; Clear floor space minimum to reach a destination. A mental • Provide journey based 1500 deep at signage and maps “map” is formed of the overall information – Providing placed outside of the main path setting and the desired destination. information at appropriate of travel; This map is based on information points in a journey that allow • Information content – Will obtained from “orientation cues” users to know where they are, be organized in a logical that are available from the setting’s where their destination is, what order, use plain language and environment. These cues include route they should take, how to identify information such as not only signage, but also the recognize the destination and accessible services/facilities overall spatial forms, structures, how to find their way back; on the premises, as well as sounds, surface textures, colours, • Keep messages and strategies other content appropriate to illumination levels, architectural simple – Uncluttered, ground the building use and major features, etc. Tactile maps and/ and floor surfaces free occupancy; or recorded instructions can of confusing or apparent • Signage locations shall indicate augment these orientation cues directional patterns, the accessible route from and enable people to find their way comprehensible to people with vehicular and pedestrian entry independently, even in complex a broad range of abilities and to the site to the parking and settings. A well-designed setting language skills; main entrance, accessible can thus be spatially gratifying • One message at a time – site facilities, passenger and simple enough for persons to Allow users to travel from one loading zones, directional “wayfind” if there are adequate, decision point to the next with a signage to vertical circulation varied, and non-conflicting step by step approach to reach elements, information desk and wayfinding cues available to the destination; washrooms; Elevator lobbies individual user. • Employ Universal Design with floor directories, map Strategies – Consistency of of floor, directional signage Appropriate wayfinding ensures message and terminology, to common destinations; building users can answer the Consistency in typography and Coordinate signage following questions: colour, Consistency in placement requirements with security • Where am I? of messages, Placement of signs needs; • Which way am I facing? is critical and takes into account • Acoustics – Sound transmission/ • Is this the route to my anthropometrics, age of reader, reflection characteristics of destination? use of assistive devices; finish materials shall aurally • Is it easy for me to find my • Provide Wayfinding Maps – differentiate major and way back and to all main public You are here locations on secondary paths of travel; facilities? each map, located at floor • Landmarks – Shall create an directories, tactile maps, simple identity at specific decision and schematic (eg. Principal making locations that helps entrance, parking areas and pay to differentiate them from all books, information/reception other locations on the site; desk(s), public zones and Shall be memorable visible common-use destinations, exits, and/or audible and/or scented; and kiosks or self help areas); Include appropriate auditory cues along circulation routes and at destination points serve as useful wayfinding clues, especially for persons who rely upon hearing to orient themselves;
124 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
WAYFINDING APPENDIX B
• Tactile direction indicators REFERENCES RELATED SECTIONS (or Guidance Tactile Warning Surface Indicators)– Shall CSA B651-12 All relevant parts of Sections 4.1. be provided in large open Arthur, Paul, and Passini, Romedi. 4.2, 4.3. and 4.4. floor areas, such as building Wayfinding: People, Signs and entry lobbies, shopping malls Architecture. New York: McGraw- or transportation terminals, Hill, 1992. to facilitate wayfinding by Passini, Romedi. Wayfinding in indicating the primary routes Architecture. New York: Van of travel. The TDIs shall lead Nostrand Reinhold, 1984. (Part of from the entrance points to the Environmental Design Series major destinations, such as an #4.) information or registration desk Sleeth, Jane. Way finding takes and elevator; accessibility to the next level. • Clearly defined boundaries – Canadian Occupational Safety High colour and tonal contrast Magazine. http://www.cos- in materials in flooring shall mag.com/Human-Resources/ enhance defining such as the HR-Columns/way-finding-takes- junction between walls and accessibility-to-the-next-level.html. floors, doorway recesses and 16 February 2012. Accessed 06 corridor intersections; November 2014 • Visual characterizations – Hanson + Jung Architects Inc., Regions or departments shall Wayfinding Signage Standard for use some form of different Ontario Government Facilities, visual characterization to define Ontario Realty Corporation, 18 each as distinct from other December 2009. areas; • Another creative example is to use different coloured footprints to indicate the path to different sections in a building; • Handrails – Provide along major corridors, all stairs and ramps to serve as a visual and tactile wayfinding guides as well as to help maintain balance, and prevent falls. Braille in-sets may be provided on the surface of handrails where they end at landings or open spaces that identify the users locations; • Lighting – Provided to delineate the pedestrian route, as well as to emphasize building features, such as entrances, stairs, ramps, or signage; and • Google indoor maps can be investigated and implemented for select public facilities.
125 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX C FADS CHECKLIST
CITY OF MISSISSAUGA FACILITIES ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
DESIGN DEVELOPMENT AND ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST Facilities and Property Management Division
Date: ______✓ Check One for Each Category Comments Facility Name: ______Facility Address: ______Design Development F&PM Client: ______Facility Assessment Group/Client: ______New Construction Contact: ______Renovation Project Description: ______Exterior Only The Facility Accessibility Design Standards (FADS) document is a design aid applicable to the design and construction of new facilities, as well as the retrofit, alteration or addition to existing facilities owned, leased or operated by the City of Mississauga.
The Design Development and Assessment Checklist has been created to assist staff, designers and contracted consultants with the application of FADS and ensure each element has been applied to each project and to document elements of a project which may have been technically infeasible to implement. In a retrofit situation where a design element has little likelihood of being accomplished due to structural conditions or other existing physical or site constraints prohibit modification, the TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE ELEMENT FORM is to be completed and signed by the Facilities and Property Management Division Manager and maintained in the project file. Where an equivalent means of facilitation is being proposed to achieve the intent of part of the Standards, an EQUIVALENT FACILITATION PROPOSAL FORM is to be completed by the designer and forwarded to the City Project Manager and Accessibility Coordinator.
This Checklist is a reference tool only and must be used in conjunction with the FADS document. It does NOT include all requirements or exceptions applicable to each design element. Staff and the prime consultant where applicable, shall complete this checklist during the design phase of each project. Checklists are to be signed by the appropriate manager and maintained in the project file.
Comments Section Element Key Design Requirements Y N or N/A GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS 4.1.1 Space and Reach 2440 (96) turning space for wheelchairs/scooters; 1370 x 810 (54 x 32) footprint Requirements for wheelchairs and scooters; 400-1200 (15-3/4 - 47) reach range from seated position. 4.1.2 Ground and Floor Level changes: Up to 6 (1/4) may be vertical; 6.1-13 (9/32 – 1/2) to be bevelled; Surfaces over 13 (1/2) to be ramp or curb ramp. Gratings max 13 (1/2) openings, perpendicular to direction of travel, 4.1.3 Protruding & Overhead Objects projecting more than 100 (4) to be cane-detectable – lowest edge no Objects higher than 680 (26-3/4). Min 2100 (82-3/4) headroom. 4.1.4 Accessible Routes, Paths, Wherever possible, all routes to be accessible; 1500 (59) min width for exterior and Corridors routes; 1100 (43-1/4) min width for interior routes; routes less than 1830 (72) wide to have passing places no more than 30 metres (98 feet 5 inches) apart; routes less than 2000 (78-3/4) wide to have turn space at dead ends; rest areas required every 30 metres (98 feet 5 inches); edge protection may be required; slope no steeper than 1:25 (4%), or design as ramp. Max 1:50 cross-slope. 4.1.9 Ramps Slope must be between 1:25 (4%) and 1:20 (5%); max 9 metres (29 feet 6 inches) between landings; min 2440 x 2440 (96 x 96) landings at top and bottom; min 1670 x 2440 (65-3/4 x 96) at landings at switchbacks; min 1670 (65-3/4) long landings in straight ramps; handrails required both sides, with appropriate extensions. Intermediate handrails required on stairs wider than 2200 (86-5/8) wide. 4.1.11 Stairs Open risers must not be used; tread length 280 – 355 (11-14); riser height 125- 180 (4-7/8 – 7); must have detectable warning surface at top of flights; handrails required both sides, with appropriate extensions. Intermediate handrails required on stairs wider than 2200 (86-5/8) wide. 4.1.12 Handrails 865-920 (34-36) high; colour/tonal contrast with surrounding environment.
4.3.3 Elevated Platforms On an accessible route; Detectable warning surface min. 610 (24) – 920 (36) deep flush to edge or drop-off 4.3.11 Balconies, Porches, On an accessible route; Min. 2440 (96) deep; Thresholds shall be accessible; Terraces and Patios Surfaces shall be accessible; Railings/Guards colour contrasted to surroundings; Doors open against a side wall or rail 4.3.15 Benches On an accessible route; Provide clear, level floor space adjacent to bench for wheelchair; Bench seat 450-500 (18-20) above the ground; arm and best rests; colour contrasted to surroundings 4.3.16 Public Use Eating Areas Min. 20% accessible; Variety of locations in each area; On an accessible route; Knee space at the table; Surface 810-865 (32-43) high; Clearance around each table; Lighting along paths of travel and at surfaces
126 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
FADS CHECKLIST APPENDIX C
Comments Section Element Key Design Requirements Y N or N/A 4.4.7 Signage All signage shall be accessible with san serif fonts, Arabic numbers, width-to- height ratio by viewing distance (see Table 4.4.7) and stroke-width-to-height radio; Permanent rooms/space use wall-mounted signage with tactile characters and numbers; Accessibility facilities signage shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility; Tactile signage shall be on an accessible route and mounted from 1370 – 1500 (54 – 59) to the centreline; Lighting levels measured at sign surface min. 200 lux 4.4.8 Detectable Warning Colour contrasted to surroundings; Slip resistant; Provided at top and entry Surfaces points to all stairs (circulation and exit); Min. 920 (36) deep and full width of stair; Truncated Domes 4.4.13 Lighting Exterior: Meets Illuminating Engineering Society of North America Standards; Lighting levels measured at the ground; Pedestrian entrance min. 100 lux; Parking and passenger drop-off areas min. 30 lux; Lighting fixtures placed high enough to clear normal snow accumulation Interior: Full spectrum lighting; Evenly distributed at floor level to minimize pools of light and not create areas of shadow; elevator lobbies, washrooms and at signage min. 200 lux; Office areas min. 300 lux; Emergency lighting min. 100 lux. 4.4.14 Materials and Finishes Exterior: Non-slip and firm; Walkways to use accessible finishes; Where wood planks used, wood laid perpendicular to path of travel; Max. joints 6 (1/4) wide and lifts 3 (1/8); Gratings/Grills place to side of pedestrian routes or so narrow openings perpendicular to path of gravel an max. 13 (1/2) Interior: Any carpeting low-level loop; Hard surfaces non-slip, non-glare and accessible; Joins max. 6 (1/4) and flush; Walls non-abrasive to 2000 (79) high 4.4.15 Texture and Colour Exterior: Pronounced colour contrast to differentiate boundaries of objects, objects from backgrounds and enhance spatial orientation. Interior: Colour contrast to define edges (e.g. stair nosings, doors, handrails); Colour/tone define boundaries (e.g. wall to floor); Baseboard contrasted to walls and floor where monochromatic colour scheme selected; Enhance wayfinding. 4.5.3 Swimming Pools, Swimming pools, Wading pools, Hot pools, Splash pads, Spray pads, Therapeutic Pools/Public Therapeutic pools and Spas shall be accessible; Pool has direct accessible Spas and Spray Pads route from lobby/entrance to change rooms through to pool deck; Ramp access to water; Mechanical pool lifts; Public Spas transfer walls; Therapeutic pools water temperature, controls, depth and submerged benches SITE CHARACTERISTICS 4.1.10 Curb Ramps Min 1500 (59) wide; running slope 1:50 to 1:20 (2% to 5%); 900 (35-1/2) wide flared sides; must have detectable warning surface. 4.3.12 Parking All parking structures, underground parking and surface lots; Provide both Accessible and Limited Mobility spaces; Number of each type of space as per Table 4.3.12; Parking spaces should be joined to the building by an accessible route that does not travel behind parked vehicles or along driveways; Signage at parking spaces and directional signage to location of parking shall be accessible and not mounted on fences or building faces; Directional signage shall be provided where the accessible entrance is not obvious or distant; Public consultation required 4.3.13 Passenger Loading Zones At least 1 shall be accessible; Identified with accessible signage; Includes space for the driveway, a layby and an access aisle; Connected to an accessible route; Curb ramp or drop curb with detectable warning surface; Min. 3600 (11ft 10) vertical clearance 4.3.14 Landscaping Materials and Min 10% plant beds accessible where plan beds provided; Min 460 (18) high; on Plantings an accessible route; Cane-detectable curbs; No permanent guide wires; Min 2100 (83) headroom clearance 4.3.17 Streetscapes On an accessible route; Including waste receptacles, light standards, signs, planters, mail boxes, vending machines, benches, traffic signals and utility boxes; Primary routes min. 2100 (83) wide with 300 (12) continuous indicator surface; Non-primary routes min. 1500 (59); Elements do not reduce width of accessible route; Any operating mechanisms shall be accessible and provide a clear floor area for wheelchairs and scooters in front of usable parts 4.3.19 Service Animal Relief On an accessible route; Provided within 30m of accessible entrance; Provide Areas accessible garbage can and identification signage 4.4.17 Pedestrian Signals Provided with a locator tone distinct from walk indicator; 1500 (59) from curb edge and 1100 (43-1/4) above ground; tactile arrows aligned with direction of travel; manual and automatic activation features; audible and vibro-tactile walk indicators; 3000 (118) distance between two accessible pedestrian signals on the same corner, or installed on single post with verbal announcement for active crossing 4.5.2 Outdoor Recreational Accessible routes, auxiliary services, plantings; Accessible Boardwalks, Docks, Facilities Recreational Trails and Footbridges, Pathways, Rest Areas, Parks, Playgrounds, Picnic tables, Drinking Fountains, Public Telephones, Lighting, Washrooms, Waterfront Areas, Natural Areas, Grandstand/Viewing Areas, Playing Fields, Leash Free Dog Parks, Access to spectator areas of sports fields, Docks/Piers, and Outlooks as per details provided
127 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX C FADS CHECKLIST
Comments Section Element Key Design Requirements Y N or N/A BUILDING CHARACTERISTICS
ACCESS AND CIRCULATION 4.1.5 Entrances All entrances used by staff and/or the public to be accessible
4.1.6 Doors Power operators required at entrances, washrooms with an accessible stall, universal washrooms, change/dressing rooms with accessible toilet/shower, and intermediate doors across primary routes. Revolving doors are not accessible. Clear ground/floor space on each side (See Table 4.1.6); min 950 (37-1/2) clear opening; doors in series to be min 1525 (60) plus width of any in-swinging door, apart; power door operator controls no closer than 600 (23-5/8) from inside corner and not less than 600 (23-5/8) and not more than 1525 (60) beyond the door swing; 1370 x 810 (54 x 32) space at power door operator controls; hardware to be accessible; colour/tonal contrast with wall. 4.1.7 Gates, Turnstiles and 950 (37-1/2) min clear width Openings 4.1.8 Windows, Glazed Screens Frameless glass doors and/or sidelights must not be used. and Sidelights 760 (30) max height for lowest edge of viewing windows and vision panels. Operating hardware to be accessible. Decals to be used at large expanses of glass to enhance visibility. 4.1.13 Escalators Where provided, an alternate accessible route is required in the same vicinity as the escalator. Detectable warning surfaces required at top and bottom. 4.1.14 Elevators Min 1725 x 1525 (68 x 60) cab size (2030 x 1525 (80 x 60) in high use facilities); min 950 (37-1/2) clear opening at door; handrails on all non-access walls; 1370 x 810 (54 x 32) clear floor space at hall call buttons; emergency call system with two-way communication ability which does not solely rely on voice input. 4.1.15 Platform Lifts Platform lifts can only be used to access a performing area, comply with wheelchair viewing position dispersion requirements, an incidental space not accessible to the public with no more than 5 occupants, or raised judges benches and other raised areas in a courtroom. WASHROOM FACILITIES 4.2.1 Toilet Facilities Requirements for each public or common use toilet facility; Other toilet rooms provided for the use of occupants of specific spaces (i.e. a private toilet room for the occupant of a private office) shall be adaptable; Min 1 universal washroom in addition to any accessible public or common use toilets, provided in all public buildings and on every floor level in assembly areas where the floor incorporates common or public use washroom facilities containing four or more toilet and/or urinal fixtures; Number accessible toilet stalls; Min 5% accessible portable toilets where used 4.2.2 Toilet Stalls Where toilet stalls used the number of accessible toilet stalls see Table 4.2.2; Min 1 ambulatory toilet within each non-accessible washroom 4.2.3 Toilets Height of seat; Back support; Clear transfer space; Toilet flush controls are accessible and on transfer side of the toilet; L-shaped grab bar; Rear grab bar; Drop-down grab bar; Toilet-paper dispenser 4.2.4 Lavatories On an accessible route; Top 820 - 840 (32-1/4 - 33); Knee space; clear floor space 760 (30) wide x 1370 (54) deep with up to 480 (18-7/8 in.) under the lavatory; hot water and drain pipes insulated or temperature limited; Soap and Towel dispensers accessible; Faucets and other controls; Shelves/other projections 4.2.5 Urinals On an accessible route; No step in front of the fixture; Wall-mounted with elongated rim max.430 (17); Min. 345 (13-1/2) deep; Forward approach clear floor space 810 x 1370 (32 x 54) in front; Privacy screens; Grab bars; Flush controls; Number of accessible urinals 4.2.6 Washroom Accessories Hand-operated dispensers, hand dryers, built-in garbage receptacles, mirrors, etc. accessible; 900 - 1200 (35-1/2 - 47);Tilt mirrors shall not be used 4.2.7 Universal Washroom Min 1 universal washroom in addition to any accessible public use or common use toilets for all public buildings and every floor of assembly buildings otherwise see Table 4.2.1;Emergecy call system; Adult change table size, surface height, adjacent clear floor space, weight capacity, on an accessible route, and accessible controls 4.2.8 Bathtubs All bathtubs; Clear floor space parallel to toilet 920 (36) deep x full length of tub; Faucets lever type or are automatic; "L" shaped grab bar; Vertical grab bar; Controls equipped with a pressure-equalizing or thermostatic-mixing valve; Fully recessed soap holder 4.2.9 Showers Number of accessible showers see Table 4.2.9; On an accessible route; no or bevelled threshold; Trench-style drain; Wall-mounted folding seat; L-shaped grab bar; Vertical grab bar on each end wall; Pressure equalizing or thermostatic mixing valve; Fully recessed soap holder; Accessible shower head 4.2.10 Grab Bars Resist a load of at least 1.3 kN (300 lb.), applied vertically or horizontally; Diameter 35 – 40 (1-3/8 - 1-9/16); free of any sharp or abrasive Elements; Colour-contrasted with surrounding environment; slip-resistant surface
128 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
FADS CHECKLIST APPENDIX C
Comments Section Element Key Design Requirements Y N or N/A OTHER AMENITIES 4.3.1 Drinking Fountains On an accessible route; Cane detectable at or below 680 mm (26-3/4 in.); If cantilevered: Min 810 x 1380 (32 x 54) clear floor space with knee and toe space to min 700 (28) at the base; If freestanding: Clear floor space for parallel approach 4.3.2 Viewing Positions On an accessible route without blocked egress; See Table 4.3.2 for number of required spaces; Include adaptable seating; Provide storage for wheelchairs and other mobility assistive devices; Integrate accessible locations in a distributed in a variety of admission prices; Clear level and minim 920 (36) wide x 1525 (60) deep with min. 1 companion seat beside each space 4.3.4 Change/Dressing Rooms On an accessible route; Private accessible dressing rooms include 180 degree turn space; Accessible dressing rooms have 180 x 18030 (32 x 72) bench with 70 (30) wide clear floor space parallel to bench; Collapsible coat hooks; Slip resistant for wet conditions for flooring and bench surfaces; Accessible mirror 4.3.5 Offices, Work Areas & On an accessible route; Clear floor space for 180-degree turn; Min 5% but not Meeting Rooms less than 1 have height adjustable work surface where multiple workstations/meeting rooms; Assistive listening system provided where required 4.3.6 Waiting and Queuing Areas On an accessible route; Waiting rooms with fixed seating include min. 3% and not less than 1 clear floor spaces for assistive equipment; Queuing barriers arranged in parallel lines; Permanent queuing incorporate defined floor patters/colours/textures as wayfinding; Colour contrast provided for barriers from surrounding environment; Clear floor space where lines change direction; Guides must be cane detectable 4.3.7 Tables, Counters and Work Min 10% to be accessible; Should be recessed; On an accessible route; Min Surfaces 810 (32) wide x 1370 (54) deep clear floor space place with max. 480 under the surface; Clear knee and toe space; Surface height 710-865 (28-34) where not adjustable; Speaking port controls and height accessible 4.3.8 Information, Reception and Min 1 accessible for each type of service provided; Clearly identified by signage; Service Counters Where a single queue line is provided all counters will be accessible; On an accessible route; Surface, knee and toe space see 4.3.7; Knee space provided for both staff and public sides; Speaking port controls and height accessible 4.3.9 Storage, Shelving and At least 1 of each type shall be accessible; Self-service unit shall be on an Display Units accessible route; Forward/parallel approach clear floor space min. 810 x 1370 (32 x 54); Cloths rods/shelves max. 1370; Collapsible coat hooks max. 1200 (47); Hardware touch latch or U-shaped pulls 4.3.10 Lockers and Baggage At least 10% accessible; On an accessible route; Bottom shelf min. 230 (9); Top Storage shelf max. 1200 (47); Locker IDs should be accessible; Baggage racks/carousels surface max. 460 (18) with continuous colour-contrasting strip at edge; Access spaces min. 1370 (54) deep x 810(32) wide 4.3.18 Kitchens and Kitchenettes For use by staff and public; Min 50% of shelf space accessible; Pass-through kitchens; U-shaped kitchens; Storage elements; Kitchen sinks; Appliances; Colour contrast SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 4.4.1 Emergency Exits, Fire Exterior: Accessible emergency exits shall be connected to an accessible route Evacuation and Areas of Interior: Areas of rescue assistance on an accessible route; Each space 850 x Rescue Assistance 1370 (33-1/2 x 54) per non-ambulatory occupant; Total Areas of Rescue space see Table 4.4.1; Accessible identification signage; 2-way voice communication system. 4.4.2 Controls and Operating Mounted between 400 - 1200 (8 – 47); Operable with a closed fist; Lighting at Mechanisms min. 100 lux; Colour contrasted from surroundings 4.4.3 Vending and Ticketing On an accessible route; Clear floor space to access controls; Controls mounted Machines at accessible heights; Signage on machines accessible 4.4.4 Visual Alarms Provided at least at restrooms, general usage areas (e.g. meeting rooms), hallways, lobbies and other common use areas; Spacing max. 15 m (50 ft.) apart; Mounted 2100 (78-3/4); Meet NFPA 72 Section 18.5.3 4.4.5 Public Telephones Number of public phones to be accessible see Table 4.4.5; All accessible telephones and 25% of remaining require volume controls; Controls shall be accessible and meet CSA T515; Lighting minimum 200 lux; Clear floor space for front or side approach; ID signage includes symbol of accessibility 4.4.6 Assistive Listening To be provided in assembly areas; Accessible signage identifying listen system Systems present; May include induction loop, infrared and FM radio frequency systems 4.4.9 Public Address Systems Zoned to provide information to key locations only; Minimize background noise; No continuous broadcast music; A;;-point calls for emergency only 4.4.10 Information Systems Including kiosks, video displays, maps, and information panels; Mounted to be usable for a person using a wheelchair or scooter; Controls shall be accessible; Clear floor space for front or side use shall be provided; Also see CSA B651.1 and B651.2 standards 4.4.11 Card Access, Safety and Signals are provided in both audible and visual signals; Card-entry systems and Security Systems Encoded-entry/exit systems (e.g. keypads) will be accessible; On an accessible route; Clear floor space to access controls; Controls mounted at accessible heights
129 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX C FADS CHECKLIST
Comments Section Element Key Design Requirements Y N or N/A 4.4.12 Glare and Light Sources Low/no-gloss, matte, satin or honed finishes; Sun-screening systems provided where direct sunlight adversely affect lighting or create reflective glare; Light fixtures will protect users from a direct view of the bulb; Special features/key orientation elements enhanced with supplementary lighting 4.4.16 Acoustics Finishes do not unduly amplify occasional noises; Accessible routes in large facilities aurally differentiate major and secondary paths of travel; Public address and call systems; Meeting rooms and assembly areas FACILITY-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 4.5.1 Arenas, Halls and Other Provide accessible seating options; Use detectable warning surfaces on stairs Indoor Recreational to access seating; Accessible route to arena/facility floor min. 950 (37-1/2) wide; Facilities Min. 10% coat hooks accessible; Staff areas to be accessible 4.5.4 Cafeterias Min. 10% accessible where fixed tables or counters provided; Accessible tables and counters distributed throughout design; Min. 1 cashier to be accessible; Food/drink placed and Tray slides max. 860 (34) high; Min. 1100 (43-1/4) access aisles to and around accessible tables; Dining areas to be accessible; access aisles 4.5.5 Churches, Chapels and All areas accessible to persons with disabilities including main areas of worship, Other Places of Worship meeting rooms, washrooms, coatrooms and offices. Accessible seating; Pulpits, altars, dais and choir areas; Public address systems; Assistive listening systems 4.5.6 Libraries User elements on an accessible route; Min 10% of fixed seating, tables or study carrels accessible; Min 1 of each checkout area accessible; Min 50% of computer catalogues or workstations accessible; Shelving at fixed seating, tables and study carrels max. 1120 (44); Security gates and card catalogues accessible 4.5.7 Business, Mercantile and Min 1 every transaction counters/cash register shall be accessible and on an Civic accessible route (see Table 4.5.7); Where counters/teller windows separate public from staff the communication device shall be accessible; Checkout lines identified with International Symbol of Access signage and provide an accessible route 4.5.8 Police Stations Accommodate persons with disabilities from the public, detainees, members of counsel or police staff. All areas the station used by the public, staff and counsel fully accessible. Secure areas (e.g. 2% of cells, all common areas used by detainees) accessibility accommodations; Secured entrances, doors and doorways operated only by security personnel not required to have accessible door hardware; Permanently installed telephones provided within cells have volume controls 4.5.9 Municipal Courts Accommodate persons with disabilities who may be members of the judiciary, court clerks or other officials, defendants, members of counsel and members of the public; Accessible access to judge dais and court official’s area; Accessible Jury boxes, Witness stands, judges’ benches and courtroom stations, jury assembly or deliberation, kitchenettes/refreshment dispensers, drinking fountains; Permanently installed assistive listening system provided 4.5.10 Transportation Facilities Links to transportation and within terminals are accessible to all members of a community including public and private bus, taxi, train, and airplane arrival and departure points; A variety of lift devices may need to be accommodated, and alternatives to audio and/or visual only scheduling are available; Accessible wayfinding strategies for open areas, include direction indicators; Bus Shelters, Bus Stops and Transit Terminals to have firm level surfaces, clearances around furniture and building elements, clear view of traffic, sufficient clear space. Detectable warning surfaces at edges of platforms. Lighting level at boarding platform of 100 lux. Visible and audible warning signals at boarding locations. Manoeuvring space at special lift devices used for boarding. Bus shelters; Bus Stops; Transit Terminals 4.5.11 Fire Stations Municipal fire stations accommodate accessibility needs of all potential facility users, including - Staff returning to light duty work; Injured staff attending a Captain’s office /Other meeting space within the facility; Administration staff, Council Members, Consultants, etc attending site visits; Tours of non-work staff (School groups, etc.); Occasional uses of the facility; Meeting spaces open to the public and used for municipal functions; and Use by members of the general public in an emergency situation 4.5.12 Training And Teaching Students, teachers and staff with disabilities accommodated in all training and Spaces teaching spaces throughout the facility. Basic accommodation includes ability to enter and move freely throughout the space, as well as use the various built-in elements within (i.e. integrated technology, whiteboards, switches, computer stations, sinks, etc.); Additional electrical outlets throughout; Min 1 of each type of element should be accessible; Fixtures, fittings, furniture and equipment is accessible for students, teachers and staff; Adjustable height tables and chairs, removable armrests and rolling/locking casters on furniture 4.5.13 Laboratories Staff with disabilities have equitable access to laboratory facilities; Basic accommodation includes ability to enter and move freely throughout the space, as well as use the various built-in elements within (i.e. blackboards, switches, benches, sinks, etc); Built-in elements, such as benches or pin boards, at least 1 of each type of element be accessible except where limited by the equipment
130 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
FADS CHECKLIST APPENDIX C
Comments Section Element Key Design Requirements Y N or N/A 4.5.14 Child Care/Minding Access to all areas within the daycare should be provided for children, parents, staff or volunteers with disabilities; Entry vestibules large enough to accommodate a triple stroller and a person, in addition to the swing of any door; Accessible tables, counters, work surfaces and activity counters or built-in millwork shall be located on an accessible route; Public address systems; Assistive listening systems; Kitchens/kitchenettes or Food preparation areas; Cubbies and Coat storage areas; Where stairs and ramps are needed, handrails and accessible and second childheight handrail provided; Playground(s) on site comply with CAN/CSA Z614-07 Annex H
I have utilized this Checklist as a design aid in conjunction with the FADS document throughout the design phase of this project, or during a Facility Assessment of an existing building.
Project______Consultant/Firm:______D a t e : ______
I have utilized this Checklist as a design aid in conjunction with the FADS document throughout the design phase of this project OR I have reviewed the design submissions of the Consultant and acknowledge FADS compliance throughout the project Scope of Work. Project: Consultant/Firm:______Date:______
Manager: ______Date:______
131 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX C FADS CHECKLIST
TECHNICAL INFEASIBILITY JUSTIFICATION FORM
Project Name:
Project Number: Project Type:
Project Phase: □ New Construction
□ Preliminary (Conceptual) □ Renovation/Alteration
□ Design Development □ Exterior Only
□ Other (Please Specify) □ Other (Please Specify)
Technical infeasibility means, with respect to an alteration of a building or a facility, that it has little liklihood of being accomplished due to structural conditions or other physical or site contratains.
1. City of Mississauga FADS Requirement (Please provide Section/Item No.)
______
2. Please describe the intent of the accessibility requirement.
______
______
3. Please describe why achieving the accessibility requirement is technically infeasible.
______
______
4. Is equivalent facilitation being proposed? (If so, please complete the Equivalent Facilitation Proposal Form. If not, please explain why not.).
______
______PLEASE USE ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Applicant:
Project Designer: ______
Company: ______
Date: ______
Acknowledgement: 132 APPENDICES City of Mississauga Project Manager: ______CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
FADS CHECKLIST APPENDIX C
EQUIVALENT FACILITATION PROPOSAL FORM
Project Name:
Project Number: Project Type:
Project Phase: □ New Construction
□ Preliminary (Conceptual) □ Renovation/Alteration
□ Design Development □ Exterior Only
□ Other (Please Specify) □ Other (Please Specify)
1. City of Mississauga FADS Requirement (Please provide Section/Item No.)
______
2. Please describe the intent of the accessibility requirement.
______
______
3. Please describe your reasons for proposing an alternate design.
______
______
4. Please describe how your proposed alternate design meets the intent of the accessibility requirement of the City of Mississauga FADS.
______
______
PLEASE USE ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Applicant:
Project Designer: ______
Company: ______
Date: ______
Acknowledgement: 133 APPENDICES City of Mississauga Project Manager:______CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX C FADS CHECKLIST
Accessibility Review and Approval Process
Revise Project Documents and Completed Checklist
Project Manager
Accessibility Coordinator
Major Minor Redevelopment Renovation or New Build
Accessibility Advisory Committee/Facility Accessibility Design Sub-Committee
No Approval ?
Yes
PROCEED
134 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
FADS CHECKLIST APPENDIX C
ACCESSIBILITY REVIEW & APPROVAL PROCESS
Legend: FAD Standards = City of Mississauga – Facility Accessibility Design Standards FADS = Facility Accessibility Design Subcommittee of the AAC AAC = Accessibility Advisory Committee
Legislation: The AODA (Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005, Section 29) states:
Duty of the committee: Accessibility Advisory Committee shall review in a timely manner the site plans and drawings described in section 41 of the Planning Act that the committee selects.
Duty of council: Council shall seek advice from the committee on the accessibility for persons with disabilities to a building, structure or premises, or part of a building structure or premises, a) that the council purchases, constructs or significantly renovates; b) for which the council enters into a new lease; or c) that a person provides as municipal capital facilities under an agreement entered into with the council in accordance with section 110 of the Municipal Act, 2001.
Supplying site plans: When the committee selects site plans and drawings described in section 41 of the Planning Act to review, the council shall supply them to the committee in a timely manner for the purpose of the review.
The Integrated Accessibility Standards Regulation (O. Reg. 413/12, under the AODA) has requirements related to consulting with persons with disabilities regarding trails, playgrounds, exterior paths of travel, and on-street parking.
New Build, Redevelopment, or Renovation
• Facility planning will include accessibility in the needs assessment definition process
• RFP’s and RFQ’s include a statement that the design must comply with the FAD Standards and Checklist
• Consultants will have access to FAD Standards
• Both Project Manager and Accessibility Coordinator will discuss when a project is at the appropriate stage for FADS to review.
135 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX C FADS CHECKLIST
• Milestone Date: An Accessibility Review shall be done early enough in design phase with the Project Manager responsible for the project, the Accessibility Coordinator and FADS. It is recommended that a practice run of the presentation be made to the Accessibility Coordinator prior to presentation to FADS in order to ensure compliance with FAD Standards.
• Site review(s) during construction shall be scheduled to confirm compliance with project accessibility design features by the Project Manager and Accessibility Coordinator with the Consultant
• Should changes occur that affect accessibility features Project Manager shall consult with Accessibility Coordinator
• If requested by FADS a site visit shall be scheduled by the Project Manager and Accessibility Coordinator post construction
Minor Renovations and Capital Maintenance
All city projects must comply with FAD Standards. Where full accessibility standards are not achievable actions must be taken to consult with the Accessibility Coordinator. Non-compliance issues will be documented in the project file.
136 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
CHANGE ORDER FORM APPENDIX D
PROPOSED CHANGES TO CITY OF MISSISSAUGA FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS Mail to: Facilities & Properties Management Division, Attention: Accessibility Coordinator Corporation of the City of Mississauga 300 City Centre Drive Mississauga, ON, L5B 3C1 Tel.: 905-615-3608 TTY: 905-615-4311 [email protected]
Name: ______Phone: ( ) ______Address: ______
Company or Organization: ______
E-mail Address: ______PROPOSED CHANGE: (including proposed new or revised wording, or identification of wording to be deleted) ______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______REASON FOR CHANGE: ______(attach additional information if required)
137 APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
APPENDIX E SLIP RESISTANCE OF MATERIALS
Slip-Resistance Rating of Materials
Material Slip Resistance Rating (1) Remarks Dry and Wet Unpolished Cast Iron Very Good Very Good to If open treads are used, the slip resistance can be very good Good in wet conditions. Clay Tile (carborundum Very Good Very Good May be suitable for exterior stairs finish)
Carpet (2) Very Good Good Clay Tiles (textured) Very Good Good May be suitable for exterior stairs Cork Tiles Very Good Good Float Glass Very Good Poor Various techniques can be used to modify the surface of float glass, thus improving the wet potential for slip. PVC with non-slip Very Good Good Sufficiently uniformly distributed aggregate is required. granules PVC Very Good Poor to Fair Slip-resistance when wet may be improved if PVC is textured. Edges of sheet liable to cause tripping if not firmly fixed to base. Rubber (sheets or Very Good Very Poor Not suitable near entrance doors. tiles) Wood (finished) Very Good Good Applies to sealed, varnished or polished wood. Wood (unfinished) Good Fair Mastic Asphalt Good Good Ceramic Tiles (glazed Good Poor or highly polished) Ceramic Tiles Good Fair to Good Slip potential is dependent on surface roughness. A value of
(matte) (3) 10 μm is recommended for clean-water wet areas. Clay Tiles Good Fair to Good When surface is wet and polished it would be considered poor. Concrete Pavers Good Good (interlock) Vinyl Tiles Good Fair Linoleum Good Poor to Fair Edges of sheets may cause tripping if not securely fixed to base. Concrete (powerfloat Good Fair Surface dust may cause problems especially on new floors. finish) Concrete Good Poor to Fair If non-slip aggregate or a textured finish is used, slip resistance when wet may be considered Good. Granolithic Good Poor to Fair Slip-resistance when wet may be improved to good by incorporating a CArborundum finish. Polished granolithic should not be used for stair treads. Clay Tiles Good Poor to Fair Slip-resistance when wet and polished is very poor. Terrazzo Good Poor to Fair Non-slip nosing necessary on stairs. Slip-resistance when polished is very poor. Marble/Granite Good Very Poor to Slip-resistance when wet and polished is very poor. Fair Notes: (1) Ratings: Very good means surface suitable for areas where special care is required Good means suitable for normal use Poor to Fair means survace not suitable Very Poor means surface not suitable (2) Thick carpet is unsuitable for wheelchair movement (3) 1 “ X 1” or 2” X 2” max should be used in pool or pool change rooms. If larger tiles are used, ensure it has a 138 raised profile. APPENDICES CITY OF MISSISSAUGA - 2015 FACILITY ACCESSIBILITY DESIGN STANDARDS
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES APPENDIX F
DOCUMENTS
CNIB - Clearing our Path, Universal design recommendations for people with vision loss.
Ontario Building Code (OBC)
Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act (AODA)
Integrated Accessibility Standards Regulation (IASR)
GAATES - Illustrated Technical Guide to the Accessibility Standard for the Design of Public Spaces
ORGANIZATIONS
Canadian National Institute for the Blind (CNIB)
Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
Global Alliance on Accessible Technologies and Environments (GAATES)
Technical Standards and Safety Authority (TSSA)
Transportation Association of Canada (TAC)
Ontario Recreation Facilities Association, Inc. (ORFA)
139 APPENDICES